United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
                           Interagency Working Group
                           on Medical Radiation
                                    EPA-402-R-10003
                                    November 2014
\
       tf
z
UJ
o
«£•
Radiation Protection Guidance
for Diagnostic and
Interventional X-Ray Procedures

Federal Guidance Report No. 14

-------
EPA-402-R-10003
         FEDERAL GUIDANCE REPORT NO. 14

     Radiation Protection Guidance for Diagnostic and
              Interventional X-Ray Procedures

                         November 2014
            Interagency Working Group on Medical Radiation
                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     Washington, D.C. 20460

-------
                                      Dedication

Doreen G. Hill, MPH, PhD, was a long-term member of the ISCORS Medical Workgroup.
Sadly, she passed away before she could see her work on Federal Guidance Report No. 14
completed. She represented the Department of Labor's Occupational Safety and Health
Administration on the workgroup in an admirable fashion. Doreen brought to the workgroup a
high degree of professionalism, a great interest in x-ray safety, a strong work ethic, and a focus
on ensuring that we remained sensitive to OSHA regulations and policies. She was our editor, a
self-imposed and thankless task, and enforced a clear writing style. She transformed our jargon
and incomprehensible run-on sentences into language that conveyed meaning in a
straightforward way. Whenever she was unavailable during a web conference, someone else
would attempt to fulfill her role, albeit with nowhere near her style and grace, saying they were
"channeling Doreen." After her passing, we continued to use the phrase and its intent during our
meetings. Doreen brought with her a sense of humor that permeated our meetings.  She often said
she never wanted to miss a workgroup meeting because they were the most fun,  entertaining, and
enlightening meetings she had ever attended. It was she who made it so. We miss you, Doreen,
and hope that our channeling of your spirit has kept the document's quality high  and its
readability good.

-------
                                     FOREWORD

The authority of the Federal Radiation Council to provide radiation protection guidance to
federal agencies was transferred to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) on December 2,
1970, by Reorganization Plan No. 3. Under this authority, Federal Guidance Report No.  14
provides federal facilities that use diagnostic and interventional x-ray equipment with
recommendations for keeping patient doses as low as reasonably achievable without
compromising the quality of patient care.

Federal Guidance Report No. 14 is an update to the 1976 x-ray guidance in Federal Guidance
Report No. 9. This guidance takes into account that in recent years there has been a significant
increase in the use of digital imaging technology and high dose procedures, such as computed
tomography (CT). Also, there have been many reports of unnecessarily high doses being given to
children undergoing CT exams.

The guidance in this document was created by an Interagency Steering Committee on Radiation
Standards Work Group, which included medical and radiation protection professionals from the
EPA, the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the
Department of Defense (Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force), the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The interagency
collaborative effort highlights the importance of this guidance for federal healthcare facilities.

Federal Guidance Report No. 14 is being issued to all federal facilities that perform diagnostic or
interventional x-ray procedures. Private healthcare facilities are encouraged to consider adopting
any or all of the guidance and its recommendations as they consider appropriate. While not
binding on any agency or facility, incorporating the best practices defined in this guidance will
improve the safety of diagnostic and interventional imaging.
                                              Hna McCarthy
                                             Administrator
                                           11

-------
                                      PREFACE

Federal Guidance reports were initiated under the Federal Radiation Council (FRC), which was
formed in 1959, through Executive Order 10831. A decade later its functions were transferred to
the Administrator of the newly formed U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as part of
Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1970 (Nixon 1970). Under these authorities it is the responsibility
of the Administrator to "advise the President with respect to radiation matters,  directly or
indirectly affecting health, including guidance for all federal agencies in the formulation of
radiation standards and  in the establishment and execution of programs of cooperation with
States" (EPA 2012).

This document is Federal Guidance Report No. 14 (FGR 14),  "Radiation Protection Guidance for
Diagnostic and Interventional X-ray Procedures." It replaces Federal Guidance Report No. 9
(FGR 9), "Radiation Protection Guidance for Diagnostic X-rays," which was released in October
1976. As with FGR 14,  the development of FGR 9 was the result of a growing recognition at the
time among medical practitioners, medical physicists, and other scientists that medical uses  of
ionizing radiation represented a significant and growing source of radiation exposure for the U.S.
population. Almost 40 years after its release, it is clear that FGR 9 was a groundbreaking
achievement. FGR 9 served as the template for the current document, and the authors of FGR 14
are deeply appreciative  of the work of their predecessors.

FGR 9 provided constructive guidance on the use of diagnostic film radiography, for which  there
was an incentive to deliver appropriate radiation doses and avoid retakes resulting from under- or
over-exposing  the film.  This report, Federal Guidance Report No. 14, focuses on the transition to
digital imaging. It extends the scope to include computed tomography (CT), interventional
fluoroscopy, bone densitometry,  and veterinary practice, and updates  sections on radiography
and dentistry that were covered in FGR 9. In addition, it addresses justification of the
examination and optimization of radiation dose, and features an expanded section on
occupational exposure.

There is no question that medical imaging has provided great improvements in medical care
through the use of x-rays for diagnosis. As with much of medical care, x-rays provide great
benefit when used properly, but are not without risk. Human exposures to medical radiation were
neither controlled by law nor covered by consensus guidance. In 1972, the Federal Radiation
Council released a report concluding that "...medical diagnostic radiology accounts for at least
90% of the total man-made radiation dose to which the U.S. population is exposed." In response,
the EPA and the U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare (predecessor of the
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS)) developed and issued FGR 9. The key
recommendations in FGR 9 were subsequently approved by President Carter (Carter 1978) and
published in the Federal Register on February 1, 1978. The basic approach for  reducing exposure
from diagnostic uses of x-rays in federal facilities involved three principal considerations: 1)
eliminating clinically unproductive examinations, 2) assuring  the use  of optimal technique when
examinations are performed, and 3) requiring appropriate equipment to be used (EPA 1976).
                                           in

-------
FGR 9 was the first Federal Guidance Report to provide a framework for developing radiation
protection programs for diagnostic uses of x-rays in medicine. It introduced into federal guidance
the concepts of:
   •   Conducting medical x-ray studies only to obtain diagnostic information,
   •   Limiting routine or elective screening  examinations to those with demonstrated benefit
       over risk,
   •   Considering possible fetal exposures  during  examinations  of pregnant  or  potentially
       pregnant patients,
   •   Ensuring diagnostic equipment operators meet or exceed the standards of credentialing
       organizations,
   •   Specifying that standard x-ray examinations should satisfy maximum numerical exposure
       criteria, and
   •   Recommending that each imaging facility have a quality assurance program designed to
       produce radiographs that satisfy diagnostic requirements with minimal patient exposure.

Much of FGR 9 has stood the test of time, but other parts have become obsolete. In particular,
the advent of digital x-ray image acquisition has eliminated film blackening as a built-in
deterrent to overexposing patients.

Digital imaging methodologies have improved  medical care by increasing the quality of
diagnostic images and significantly decreasing  the need for exploratory surgeries. However, in
some cases, the use of this newer technology was accompanied by a significant increase in
patient radiation dose (Compagnone et al. 2006; Seibert et al.  1996). Some  newly introduced
technologies, e.g., computed tomography (CT), yielded higher patient doses than the
radiographic procedures they replaced. Finally, increased utilization of imaging studies resulted
in a greater radiation dose to the population.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration's (FDA) performance standards for ionizing radiation
emitting products address radiography, fluoroscopy, and CT equipment, and are codified in
21 CFR 1020 (FDA 2014g). The FDA revised these performance standards in 2005, in part to
address some of the radiation dose issues discussed above.

The National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) reports that medical
radiation exposure to the average member of the U.S. population has increased rapidly and
continues to do so.  Their previous estimate, based on 1970's and early 1980's data, was that
medical exposure accounted for 0.53  millisievert (mSv) or 53  millirem (mrem) per year, which
was 15% of the total annual average (per capita) dose (NCRP  1989a). Based on 2006 data, this
estimate was increased to 3 mSv (300 mrem) per year or 48% of the total. On a per capita basis,
the average effective dose from all medical exposures in the U.S. in 2006 was approximately
equal to that from natural background radiation, with medical  x-rays accounting for the majority
(NCRP 2009).

Concerns continue  to be raised about the risks associated with patients'  exposure to radiation
from medical imaging (Amis et al. 2007; FDA  2010b; FDA 2014g). Because ionizing radiation
can cause damage to deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), exposure may increase a person's lifetime
risk of developing cancer. Although the risk to  an individual from a single exam may not itself
                                           IV

-------
be large, millions of exams are performed each year, making radiation exposure from medical
imaging an important issue for the public (Berrington de Gonzalez et al. 2009; Brenner 2007;
HPS 2010; Smith-Bindman et al. 2009). The accuracy of published cancer estimates is limited by
the use of generalized exposure data, by assuming that cancer risk is a linear function of dose.
The International Organization for Medical Physics recommends that, "Prospective estimates of
cancers and cancer deaths induced by medical radiation should include a statement that the
estimates are highly speculative because of various random and systematic uncertainties
embedded in them" (Hendee 2013).

Two retrospective epidemiological cohort studies of cancer incidence after CT imaging of
children and adolescents have been performed. One of these studies also included young adults.
Both studies found an excess risk of cancer following CT scans,  one involving brain cancer and
leukemia (Pearce et al. 2012) and the other an increase in all cancers (Mathews et al. 2013). Both
studies found a dose response trend. Despite the statistically significant elevation in relative risk,
the excess absolute risks were small because of the low natural incidence of cancer in these
populations. Furthermore, concerns have been raised, both about the methods used in these
studies and about inconsistencies with respect to these findings and other epidemiological studies
of cancer risk from ionizing radiation (NCRP 2012; Walsh 2013). There is a need for additional
studies to confirm these findings. Although experts may disagree on the extent of the risk of
cancer from medical imaging, not whether there is any, there is uniform agreement that the
medical necessity of a given level of radiation exposure should be weighed against the risks.

The changes in the available technologies, the reported increase in annual dose from medical
imaging, and the concerns addressed above have led EPA to issue this new guidance to the
federal medical community. It is intended for federal agencies and federal facilities, which are
facilities owned,  leased, or operated by the federal government. The guidance presented here  is
also suitable for use by the broader medical community, including state, local, tribal, territorial,
and other facilities. This guidance creates no binding legal obligation; rather, it offers
recommendations for the safe and effective use of x-ray imaging modalities. Federal agencies
that adopt these recommendations (e.g., into orders or standard operating procedures) should, at
their discretion, strengthen these statements where appropriate. EPA believes that the
information contained in this guidance will help users of diagnostic imaging equipment ensure
that justification  is  performed for each procedure and patient, and that the dose delivered to each
patient is optimized. This guidance also provides recommendations for radiation protection of
medical workers. The goals of radiation dose management are to optimize radiation protection
for patients, consistent with image quality requirements, and to keep worker radiation doses as
low as reasonably achievable (ALARA).

This document is not concerned with methods to improve diagnosis. Rather, the goal is to
improve the benefitrisk ratio by encouraging optimization of radiation dose and improvements
in quality assurance, particularly for those imaging modalities that were not discussed in FGR 9.
Specifically, FGR 14 establishes guidance for digital x-ray imaging and addresses protection
aspects. These aspects of guidance and protection include:
   •   Newer dose metrics
   •   Imaging referral guidelines (e.g., ACR Appropriateness Criteria)
   •   CT, fluoroscopy (including interventional fluoroscopy), and bone densitometry as

-------
       modalities additional to medical and dental radiography
   •   Veterinary imaging.

In addition, FGR 14 further refines the concepts of exposure guides and dose optimization
described in FGR 9, in accordance with current thinking on diagnostic reference levels.

It should be noted that FGR 14 does not address radiation therapy, and addresses nuclear
medicine only when used in conjunction with x-ray imaging, e.g., positron emission tomography
and CT (PET/CT). Nothing in this guidance relieves the federal facility from complying with
Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) requirements in Title 10 of the Code of Federal
Regulations when using both x-ray devices and NRC-regulated materials in the same procedure
or when workers or the public are exposed to radiation from both x-ray devices and NRC-
regulated materials.

In carrying out its federal guidance responsibilities, EPA works closely with other federal
agencies through its participation on the Interagency Steering Committee on Radiation Standards
(ISCORS). Moreover, EPA recognizes, as it did in 1976, that the expertise needed to make sound
recommendations for reducing unnecessary radiation exposure due to the medical use of x-rays
in diagnostic and interventional procedures resides in several agencies.  Therefore, this report was
prepared by the interagency Medical Work Group of the ISCORS Federal Guidance
Subcommittee that included physicians, medical physicists, health physicists and other scientists
and health professionals from the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), U.S. Department  of
Veterans Affairs (VA), U.S. Department of Labor, DHHS and EPA.

As in FGR 9,  the recommendations contained in this report represent the consensus judgment of
the Medical Work Group for the practice of diagnostic and interventional imaging by federal
agencies. Since the body of knowledge on both the radiation exposure and efficacy of x-ray
examinations  is rapidly changing, comments and suggestions on the areas addressed by this
report will assist EPA to conduct periodic reviews and to make appropriate revisions.

The references in this document are current though January 2014,  and some may be
updated or superseded  in the future. The reader is encouraged to consult the publisher of
any cited document to determine the most current version.
                                          VI

-------
                   RECOMMENDATIONS FOR AGENCY ACTIONS

This section provides recommendations for agency actions. Related recommendations for facility
actions are in the section on SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FACILITY
ACTIONS.

    1.  Agencies should establish an infrastructure for collecting, storing and analyzing patient
       dosimetry data. Agencies should have their facilities track these data longitudinally.
       Infrastructure planning should address the data acquisition, networking, storage, analysis,
       reporting and security requirements of existing and planned future diagnostic devices.
    2.  Agencies should ensure that all radiation use in medical, dental, and veterinary imaging is
       justified and optimized. This is the responsibility of all who are involved. Dose
       management begins when a patient is  considered for a procedure involving ionizing
       radiation, continues into equipment setup before the exam begins, and ends when any
       necessary radiation-related follow-up is completed.
    3.  It is strongly recommended that agencies  ensure that the justification of medical exposure
       for an individual patient be carried out by the Referring Medical Practitioner, in
       consultation with the Radiological  Medical Practitioner, when appropriate. Other
       members of the patient's care team may contribute to this process. (See section on
       REQUESTING AND PERFORMING STUDIES INVOLVING X-RAYS.)
    4.  Agencies should promote the development of national diagnostic reference levels for use
       as quality assurance and quality improvement tools in each type of examination.
    5.  Agencies should only adopt screening programs that have undergone rigorous scientific
       evaluation of efficacy to ensure that the risk posed to the population screened does not
       outweigh the benefits in detection of disease.
    6.  Agencies should, to the extent permitted by regulations, use methods for estimating
       individual occupational doses based on the goal of assigning accurate doses rather than
       overly conservative estimates of doses. ICRP concluded that the term "effective dose"
       (E) is simpler and less cumbersome than "effective dose equivalent" (ICRP  199la), so it
       is the term used in this document. NCRP Report No. 122 provides recommended
       methods for determining effective  dose (NCRP 1995). Federal regulatory agencies should
       establish consistent methods and procedures for this purpose.
    7.  Agencies should ensure that their facilities have adequate quality assurance and quality
       control programs. Quality assurance and quality control programs are used to ensure that
       equipment functions properly and that those who operate it are qualified to use the
       features of the equipment. These programs are an essential  element of safety in medical,
       dental and veterinary imaging. A facility's participation in nationally recognized
       accreditation programs is one way  to ensure that its quality assurance and quality control
       measures are adequate.
    8.  Agencies and their facilities should adopt recognized standard terminology,  when
       available, in their information reporting systems and databases.
    9.  Agencies should adopt recognized  standards for sharing clinical reports of radiological
       procedures within each  agency, among agencies,  and with non-governmental health care
       facilities in order to make clinical information available to health care  providers and to
       avoid unnecessary duplicate examinations.
                                           vn

-------
                                   TABLE OF CONTENTS


DEDICATION	i

FOREWARD	ii

PREFACE	Hi

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR AGENCY ACTIONS	vii

INTERAGENCY WORKING GROUP ON MEDICAL RADIATION	xi

INTRODUCTION	1

RADIATION SAFETY STANDARDS AND GENERAL  CONCERNS	4
   BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF IONIZING RADIATION	4
   GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF RADIATION PROTECTION	4
   FEDERAL STANDARDS FOR PROTECTION AGAINST RADIATION	6
     Minors as Workers	7
     Embryos or Fetuses of Pregnant Workers	7
     Members of the Public	8
   GENERAL RADIATION PROTECTION CONCEPTS	8
   RADIATION SAFETY PROGRAM	9
     Radiation Safety Officer	9
     Qualified Medical Physicist	11
     Protection of the Patient	11
       Patient Safety	11
       Special Patient Populations	12
         Pregnant patients	12
         Pediatric patients	13
         Subjects en rolled in a research protocol	13
       Analysis of Risk to Research Subjects from Radiation	14
       Informed Consent for Research Involving Radiation	15
     Protection of the Worker and the Public	15
       Occupational Radiation Safety Training	15
       Personnel and Area Monitoring	16
       Radiation Safety Procedures for Fluoroscopy	16
       Notification and Reporting Requirements	18

STRUCTURAL SHIELDING AND DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCHES	19

REQUESTING AND PERFORMING STUDIES INVOLVING X-RAYS	20
   REQUESTING STUDIES: REFERRING MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS (REQUESTING HEALTH PROFESSIONALS)	20
     Qualifications to Request X-ray Examinations	21
   PERFORMING AND SUPERVISING STUDIES: RADIOLOGICAL MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS AND TECHNOLOGISTS	22
     Facility policies	22
     Radiological Medical Practitioners	23
     Radiologists	23
     Medical Radiologic Technologists	24
   SCREENING AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROGRAMS	25
     Chest Radiography	25
     Mammography	25
   PHYSICIAN SELF-REFERRAL EXAMINATIONS	26
   COMMUNICATION AMONG PRACTITIONERS	26
                                              Vlll

-------
TECHNICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE	28

  TECHNIQUE FACTORS AND IMAGING PROTOCOLS	28
  TESTING BY A QUALIFIED MEDICAL PHYSICIST	29
  EQUIPMENT FAILURE	30
  DOSIMETRY	31
  DIAGNOSTIC REFERENCE LEVELS AND ACHIEVABLE DOSES	31
     Interventional Procedures	33

GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CLINICAL IMAGING	35

MEDICAL IMAGING	37
  RADIOGRAPHY	37
     Equipment	37
     Quality Assurance	39
     Personnel	40
        Radiological Medical Practitioner	40
        Technologist	41
        Other personnel	41
     Procedures	41
     Hand-Held Units	46
  FLUOROSCOPY	46
     Equipment	47
     Quality Assurance	49
     Personnel	49
     Procedures	51
        Dose estimation	52
        Recordkeeping	53
        Patient management	53
        Quality process	54
        Staff safety	57
  COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY	58
     Equipment	59
     Quality Assurance	60
     Personnel	61
     Procedures	62
  BONE DENSITOMETRY	65
     Equipment	65
     Quality Assurance	66
        Accuracy check	67
        Precision	67
        Cross-calibration	68
        Justification for quality assurance assessments involving patients	68
     Personnel	69
     Procedures	70

DENTAL IMAGING	72
  EQUIPMENT	72
     Hand-Held Units	74
     Cone Beam CT	75
        Structural Shielding	76
  QUALITY ASSURANCE	76
  PERSONNEL	78
  PROCEDURES	79
                                                IX

-------
VETERINARY IMAGING	81
  EQUIPMENT	81
  QUALITY ASSURANCE	83
  PERSONNEL	84
  PROCEDURES	85
    Veterinary clinic setup	85
    Personal protective equipment	85
    Animal restraint	86
    Use of x-ray equipment	86
    Personal dosimetry	86

IMAGING INFORMATICS	88

SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FACILITY ACTION	90
  GENERAL	90
  RADIATION SAFETY PROGRAM	91
  SPECIAL PATIENT POPULATIONS	91
  INFORMED CONSENT	92
  REQUESTING AND PERFORMING STUDIES INVOLVING X-RAYS	92
  TECHNICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE	92
  DIAGNOSTIC REFERENCE LEVELS AND ACHIEVABLE DOSES	92
  RADIOGRAPHY	93
  FLUOROSCOPY	93
  COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY	94
  BONE DENSITOMETRY	94
  DENTAL IMAGING	95
  VETERINARY IMAGING	95
  IMAGING INFORMATICS	96

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS	97

GLOSSARY	100

APPENDIX A - NIH INFORMED CONSENT TEMPLATES	1
  NEGLIGABLE TO MINIMAL RISK	2
  MINORTO LOW RISK	3

REFERENCES	1

                                      TABLES


Table 1. Testing Frequency of Imaging Equipment that Produces X-Rays	30
Table 2. Quality Assurance Measures for Film and Digital Radiography	43

-------
          INTERAGENCY WORKING GROUP ON MEDICAL RADIATION
Department of Health and Human
Services
L. Samuel Keith, MS, CHP, CHAIR
John L. McCrohan, MS (retired)
Donald L. Miller, MD, FSIRFACR,
VICE-CHAIR
Petro Shandruk (deceased)

Department of the Air Force
Cindy L. Elmore, PhD, DABR
LTC Scott Nemmers, BSC

Department of the Army
COL Mark W. Bower, PhD, CHP
COL Erik H. Torring, DVM, MPH

Department of Labor,
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration
Doreen G. Hill, MPH, PhD (deceased)
Surender Ahir, Ph.D., DABT

Department of the Navy
CAPT Stephen T. Sears, MC, VICE-CHAIR
CAPT Michael A. Ferguson, MC
CDR Douglas W. Fletcher, MSC
CDR Chad A. Mitchell, MSC

Department of Veterans Affairs
Ronald C. Hamdy, MD, FRCP, FACP
Edwin M. Leidholdt, Jr., PhD
Eleonore D. Paunovich, DOS, MS
Environmental Protection Agency
Michael A. Boyd, MSPH

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
John P. Winston

Expert Consultants/Other Contributors
Kimberly Applegate, MD, MS, FACR
Charles E. Chambers, MD, FACC FSCAI
Steven Don, MD
Marilyn Goske, MD
John B. Ludlow, DOS, MS
Fred A. Mettler, MD, MPH, FACR
Terrence J. O'Neil, MD, FACP
S. JeffShepard, MS
Dana M. Sullivan, RT(R)(M), VA
Acknowledgements

Environmental Protection Agency
Helen Burnett (retired)
Jessica Wieder

Department of Health and Human Services
J. Nadine Gracia, MD
Sandra Howard
                                        XI

-------
                                   INTRODUCTION

The following concepts are integrated throughout this document.

    1.   This guidance was written without regard to specific models of equipment.
    2.   It is intended to be a practical and appropriately prescriptive tool.
    3.   A balance was struck between being sufficiently specific and keeping the document
       generic enough to remain current.
    4.   All radiation use in medical, dental and veterinary imaging should be justified and
       optimized.
    5.   Dose reduction technology should be incorporated into the equipment.
    6.   Dose reduction technology only works when it is used, and used appropriately.
    7.   Operators should have initial and periodic refresher training, easy to use tools (e.g.,
       checklists), and encouragement.
    8.   Dose reduction strategies should be integrated into protocols, where possible.
    9.   Improvements in imaging and equipment will continue.
    10. This is a guidance document that makes recommendations ("should") but creates no
       binding legal obligation. The words "must" and "shall" are used only when referring to
       the existing requirements of federal laws and regulations.
    11. This guidance does not apply to the medical use of NRC-regulated radioactive material,
       except in situations in which exposures include both electronically-generated x-rays and
       radiation from radioactive material. NRC does not have jurisdiction over exposure solely
       from electronically-produced radiation, and references to NRC regulations in that case
       are for informational purposes only.

The fundamental objective in performing an x-ray examination is to obtain the required
diagnostic information with only as much radiation dose as is required to achieve adequate image
quality for the clinical task. Achievement of this objective requires: 1) selecting appropriate
equipment and using appropriate protocols, 2) assuring equipment is functioning properly and
calibrated, 3) assuring equipment is  operated only by competent personnel, and 4) appropriately
preparing the patient and performing the examination.

Even more so than when the original FGR 9 (EPA 1976) was published in 1976, imaging in 2014
plays a critical role in medical care within the United States. In the approximately thirty years
that have elapsed since the early 1980s, medical  imaging has grown rapidly in utilization and
capability (NCRP 1989a; NCRP 2009). Computed tomography (CT) provided a new cross
sectional imaging method,  initially for evaluating the contents of the skull and then for other
body cavities and organs, for assessing tissues and organs that previously required surgery for
evaluation. The use of CT resulted in fewer exploratory surgical procedures and permitted more
accurate, non-invasive diagnoses. For many years, the number of CT procedures grew at a rate
greater than 10% per year (NCRP 2009).

Smaller image detector elements increased the spatial resolution of CT imaging. Other
technological improvements have included improved mechanical function, multi-row detector
CT scanners,  more capable computer technology, and improved x-ray tubes. As a result CT now
permits evaluation of physiologic characteristics as well as anatomy, and permits pediatric exams

-------
previously limited by motion artifact. Indications for imaging have increased as have use of
multi-sequence studies that allow organs to be evaluated during several phases of contrast
enhancement.

Improvements in fluoroscopy detector systems and improvements in techniques and equipment
(e.g., catheters, stents, embolic agents) facilitated an increase in the number and variety of
image-guided interventions. These procedures replaced many open surgical procedures and now
provide new therapy options for many diseases.

With the increased availability and use of CT and fluoroscopy systems, there has been a marked
increase in the contribution of radiation dose from x-ray based medical studies to the overall
radiation dose to the U.S. population. CT imaging studies increased from 3 million in 1980 to 62
million in 2006. During this period, the estimated per capita effective dose from all x-ray-related
medical procedures other than radiation therapy increased from  0.39 to 2.23 millisievert per year
(mSv/y) (39 to 223 millirem per year (mrem/y)), or from 11% to 36% of the total U.S.
population dose (ACR 2007; NCRP 2009).

National and international organizations have classified ionizing radiation (including x-rays) as a
known human carcinogen (NTP 2011). These groups include the National Toxicology Program
and the World Health Organization's International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC
2012).  Human epidemiological  studies have demonstrated the potential of ionizing radiation to
induce cancer at effective doses greater than approximately 0.1  Sv (UNSCEAR 2011). However,
it is prudent to consider that lower doses might also carry a risk.

Technological advances have improved diagnostic capabilities and image quality. Some of these
advances entail increases in patient dose. However, others have  provided new and effective
methods for reduction of radiation exposure.  Improvements in film and film-screen (also known
as screen-film) technology permitted reduction in the amount of radiation dose necessary to
obtain  radiographic images like the chest radiograph. Improvement in image intensifiers and
digital  image receptors decreased the amount of radiation necessary for fluoroscopic  studies. The
advent of pulsed fluoroscopy permitted even further reduction in the radiation required for a
given imaging study. Simple advances such as "last image hold" that cause the last image
acquired to remain on the video display screen after fluoroscopy is stopped can markedly reduce
the dose of radiation involved in these studies. Improved systems also significantly reduced the
radiation dose necessary for mammography. In CT, improvements in detector composition and
function, dose modulation based on the patient's size and body part examined, advanced
reconstruction algorithms, and prospective acquisition gating during the cardiac cycle have all
provided methods to significantly reduce the radiation dose from imaging studies.

Research has demonstrated that these dose-reduction techniques are not always employed or
used to best advantage in medical imaging, and medical education does not typically provide
focus on the effects of and protection from radiation exposure (ICRP 2000b). Seemingly simple
and obvious strategies, like altering the energy and amount of radiation used in imaging children
as compared with adults, have not been adopted universally (Paterson et al. 2001). Some units
with pulsed fluoroscopy  capability have never been used in that mode. This document is
intended to assist the reader in appreciating the need for understanding doses from procedures

-------
and maximizing the benefitrisk ratio in the use of medical imaging systems.

The primary goal of medical imaging with x-rays is to answer a clinical question or guide an
intervention. Using only as much radiation dose as is required to achieve adequate image quality
should be the second goal. When image quality is inadequate or the number of images is
inadequate to answer the clinical question, radiation has been administered without benefit to the
patient. There are many appropriate ways to reduce radiation dose without compromising
diagnostic quality. These are discussed in the sections specifically dedicated to each imaging
modality.

Other important ways to reduce radiation exposure to patients are to avoid duplicate studies and
to avoid any study that does not contribute effectively to the primary goal of answering the
clinical question. Sharing digital images among facilities reduces patient radiation doses by
precluding unnecessary duplicative imaging. Each individual requesting an imaging examination
should have sufficient knowledge of the approximate radiation doses associated with imaging
examinations to be able to request the most effective imaging study that provides the necessary
information at the lowest radiation dose. When appropriate, examinations not involving ionizing
radiation are preferable. Organizations such as the American College of Radiology (ACR) and
American College of Cardiology (ACC) have published guidance that can help health
professionals choose the most appropriate examinations to answer their clinical questions
(AAPM 201 Ib; ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC/HFSA/SCCT 2012; ACR 2012a).

As an example, in the evaluation of a patient with cough and fever, a standard two view chest x-
ray series may provide adequate information for the diagnosis and treatment of pneumonia at a
small fraction of the radiation dose that would be delivered by a chest CT examination.
Similarly, a CT angiogram may provide visualization of a large vascular distribution in a single
imaging run with a lower radiation dose than the multiple digital subtraction angiographic
sequences that may be required to adequately visualize the same area.

Once a specific imaging study is selected, technical aspects of the image acquisition become the
most critical influence on both the radiation dose delivered to the patient and the quality of the
resulting images. Although reduction of radiation exposure should be a goal, reduction of dose to
a level that results in an increased number of unsatisfactory examinations requiring repeat
imaging will actually increase patient dose overall and should be avoided as much as excessive
dose should be. In the use of film-screen technology, over and under exposure were evident on
the resulting image, but with digital based imaging, these conditions are not as apparent. Digital
image quality may continue improving with increasing dose, even beyond what is needed or
adequate. As  a result, good clinical practices include effective quality control programs,
optimized imaging protocols that provide only the necessary sequences, adjustment of technical
factors and radiation dose for patient size and age, and employment of the best available dose
reduction technologies existing in the equipment in use.

The information in this document represents the working group's understanding of the state of
knowledge as of 2014. The document is divided into sections based on imaging modality.

-------
           RADIATION SAFETY STANDARDS AND GENERAL CONCERNS
BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF IONIZING RADIATION

Biological effects resulting from radiation exposure are traditionally divided into stochastic
effects and deterministic effects. The classification of some injuries (such as cataracts) as
deterministic or stochastic is uncertain.

Stochastic injuries (e.g., cancer induction) arise from misrepair of damage to the DNA. The
result is a genetic transformation. The likelihood of stochastic effects increases with the total
radiation energy absorbed by the different organs and tissues of an individual, but their severity
is independent of total dose. The probability of a radiation-induced malignancy due to an
invasive procedure is small compared with the baseline probability of developing a malignancy
(Mettler et al. 2008).

Deterministic effects (also known as tissue effects or tissue reactions) are largely caused by the
death or radiation-induced reproductive sterilization of large numbers of cells. This is not
expressed clinically until these cells unsuccessfully attempt division or differentiation. The
severity of the effect varies with radiation dose. A dose threshold usually exists. The threshold
dose is subject to biologic variation (ICRP 2012).
GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF RADIATION PROTECTION

The International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP) has formulated a set of three
fundamental principles for radiation protection (ICRP 2007a; ICRP 2007b). These principles are
justification., optimization of protection., and application of dose limits. The first two principles
apply to a source of exposure, and thus are intended to support protection for all individuals who
may be exposed to that source. The third principle applies to occupational and public exposure,
but explicitly excludes medical exposure of patients.

The principle of justification states that, in general, "any decision that alters the radiation
exposure situation should do more good than harm. This means that by introducing a new
radiation source, by reducing existing exposure, or by reducing the risk of potential exposure,
one should achieve sufficient individual or societal benefit to offset the detriment it causes"
(ICRP 2007a; ICRP 2007b). With regard to medical exposures specifically, "the principal aim of
medical exposures is to do more good than harm to the patient, subsidiary account being taken of
the radiation detriment from the exposure of the radiological staff and of other individuals"
(ICRP 2007a).

The ICRP (ICRP 2007a) addresses justification in medicine as follows:

-------
   For radiation use in medicine:
   "The principle of justification applies at three levels in the use of radiation in medicine.
   At the first level, the use of radiation in medicine is accepted as doing more good than
   harm to the patient. This level of justification can now be taken for granted."

   For specific imaging examinations:
   "At the second level, a specified procedure with a specified objective is defined and
   justified (e.g., chest radiographs for patients showing relevant symptoms, or a group of
   individuals at risk to a condition that can be detected and treated). The aim of the second
   level of justification is to judge whether the radiological procedure will usually improve
   the diagnosis or treatment or will provide necessary information about the exposed
   individuals."

   For individual patients:
   "At the third level, the application of the procedure to an individual patient should be
   justified (i.e., the particular application should be judged to do more good than harm to
   the individual patient). Hence all individual medical exposures should be justified in
   advance, taking  into account the specific objectives of the exposure and the
   characteristics of the individual involved."

The principle ofoptimization of protection states that "the likelihood of incurring exposures, the
number of people exposed, and the magnitude of their individual doses should all be kept as low
as reasonably achievable, taking into account economic and societal factors. This means that the
level of protection should be the best under the prevailing circumstances, maximizing the margin
of benefit over harm" (ICRP 2007a; ICRP 2007b).

The concept of patient radiation dose optimization is used throughout this document. Dose
optimization means delivering a radiation dose to the organs and tissues of clinical interest no
greater than that required for adequate imaging and minimizing dose to other structures (e.g., the
skin (FDA 1994)). Patient radiation dose is considered to be optimized when an imaging study is
performed with the least amount of radiation required to provide adequate image quality under
the prevailing clinical circumstances and, for fluoroscopy, to provide adequate imaging guidance
(NIH-NCI-SIR 2005). There is disagreement among experts as to what protocol and radiation
dose is optimal in a  particular circumstance. There is no single optimal technique or protocol
suitable for use with all imaging equipment.

The goal of every imaging procedure is to provide images adequate for the clinical purpose.
What constitutes adequate image quality depends on the modality being used and the clinical
question being asked. Imaging requirements depend on the specific patient and the specific
procedure. Reducing patient radiation dose to the point where images are inadequate is
counterproductive; it results in radiation dose to the patient without answering the clinical
question, ultimately resulting in the need for additional radiation dose. Improving image quality
beyond what is clinically needed subjects the patient to additional radiation dose without
additional clinical benefit. The goal of patient radiation management is to keep patient radiation
dose optimized (i.e., as low as reasonably achievable consistent with the use of appropriate

-------
equipment and the imaging requirements for a specific patient and a specific procedure) (ICRP
2007a).

The principle of application of dose limits states that "the total dose to any individual from
regulated sources in planned exposure situations other than medical exposure of patients should
not exceed the appropriate limits recommended by the (International) Commission (on
Radiological Protection)" (ICRP 2007a; ICRP 2007b). It is important to note this principle
explicitly excludes medical exposure of patients. Dose limits do not apply to medical exposure,
which is defined by the ICRP as "the exposure of persons as part of their diagnosis or treatment
(or exposure of a patient's embryo/fetus or breast-feeding infant) and their comforters and carers
(caregivers) (other than occupational)" (ICRP 2007b). As the ICRP has stated, "Provided that the
medical exposures of patients have been properly justified and that the associated doses are
commensurate with the medical  purpose, it is not appropriate to apply dose limits or dose
constraints to the medical exposure of patients, because such limits or constraints would often  do
more harm than good" (ICRP 2007b).

While dose limits do not apply to medical exposures, radiation doses to patients should always
be optimized. All responsible parties should always strive to minimize patient irradiation to the
dose that is necessary to perform the procedure with adequate image  quality. The
recommendation against establishing absolute dose limits should not discourage a facility from
implementing diagnostic reference levels for imaging and interventional procedures. Exceeding
these levels should prompt a review of practice at the facility as a quality assurance measure.
Dose notification and alert values for CT, notification levels for use during interventional
procedures, and trigger levels for follow-up after interventional procedures are also appropriate
QA measures (NCRP 2010; NEMA 2010).

Ideally, radiation dose would be measured or estimated accurately in relevant tissues and organs
in real time for all examinations. As of 2014, this is not practical. Currently,  radiation dose is
measured differently for CT, fluoroscopy and radiography due to the endpoint health effect of
interest (cancer or acute tissue damage) and the nature of the modality. Different dose metrics  are
managed in different ways. For example, during fluoroscopically-guided procedures, it is
desirable to optimize kerma-area product and cumulative air kerma (indicators of patient dose)
while also minimizing peak skin dose. However, some dose metrics that are  not doses to the
patient may be of considerable utility for operational and quality assurance purposes (e.g., the
exposure index (El)  in radiography reflects the dose to the image receptor. The most appropriate
dose metrics available should be used.
FEDERAL STANDARDS FOR PROTECTION AGAINST RADIATION

Federal facilities must have safety programs in place to protect workers from adverse health
effects, as required by Public Law 91-596, Section 19, "Federal Agency Safety Programs and
Responsibilities" (Congress 2004) and Executive Order 12196, "Occupational Safety and Health
Programs for Federal Employees" (Carter 1980). The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) sets standards for radiation protection from x-rays in 29 CFR 1910
(OSHA 2014a). The NRC sets standards for ionizing radiation protection from NRC-licensed

-------
radioactive materials (10 CFR 20 (USNRC 2014d)) and for medical uses of NRC-licensed
radioactive materials (10 CFR 35 (USNRC 2014e)). NRC requirements apply to the total dose to
an individual from both licensed and unlicensed sources (e.g. PET/CT) that are under the control
of the licensee (10 CFR 20.1001(b) (USNRC 2014a)).

Portions of the NRC and OSHA regulations, when considered together, establish: dose limits for
staff; requirements for the wearing of dosimeters; requirements for the posting of warning signs;
requirements for periodic employee training and hazard communication; requirements for
comprehensive record keeping for exposure monitoring results; periodic facility radiation safety
assessments, and preventive interventions; and requirements for timely reporting of results of
exposure monitoring and exposure incidents to individual employees, including exposures to
staff that exceed regulatory limits. It is important to note that these dose limits are for
occupational exposure and do not specifically limit the exposure that a person may  receive as a
result of medical evaluation or treatment in the process of obtaining personal health care. As of
2014, and consistent with recommendations from ICRP, there is no regulatory limit on the
amount of radiation a patient may receive.
Minors as Workers

Readers of this document should be aware that the federal regulations cited above also provide
direction concerning occupational radiation exposure to individuals below the age of 18. Dose
limits for these individuals are generally 10% of the occupational dose limits for adults.
Embryos or Fetuses of Pregnant Workers

NRC regulates radiation dose to the embryo or fetus of a declared pregnant woman who is
exposed to radiation from licensed radioactive materials (USNRC 2014c). Although workers
who are exposed only to electronically-produced radiation are not subject to NRC regulations, it
is recommended to apply the NRC dose limits for each declared pregnant woman. As of 2014,
the occupationally received dose equivalent to the embryo or fetus of an employee or other
worker who has voluntarily declared her pregnancy in writing should not exceed 5 mSv
(0.5 rem) during the remainder of the pregnancy, or an additional 0.5 mSv (0.05 rem) if the
gestation limit has been or is within 0.5 mSv (0.05 rem) of being exceeded when the declaration
is made (NCRP 1993). This limit does not pertain to the exposure of an embryo or fetus resulting
from a medical procedure to a pregnant worker. When a radiation worker informally advises the
facility that she is, might be, or is attempting to become pregnant, her past and current exposure
values should be evaluated and risks associated with radiation exposure to the fetus should be
discussed. If she formally declares her pregnancy (i.e., becomes a "declared pregnant woman,")
she should be issued a dosimeter to be worn on the lower abdomen, under the radiation
protective apron (sometimes generically referred to as a "lead apron"), at the level of the fetus,
that should be exchanged monthly, unless such a dosimeter is already being worn. The facility
should monitor the radiation dose to the worker's fetus, provide adequate radiation safety
measures (Best et al. 2011),  strive to achieve dosimeter readings as far below 0.5 mSv/month as

-------
reasonably achievable, consistent with the worker performing her duties, and avoid monthly
dosimeter readings above this level.
Members of the Public

The effective dose to an individual member of the public should not exceed 1 mSv (100 mrem)
in a year from occupancy in unrestricted areas in or near medical radiation facilities. This is
consistent with NCRP guidelines (NCRP 2004a). In health care facilities, all non-radiation
workers (e.g., janitorial staff, secretaries) should be afforded protection consistent with that
afforded members of the public. This is relevant to the design of radiation shielding, which
considers occupancy factors.
GENERAL RADIATION PROTECTION CONCEPTS

There are several principles by which workers can minimize their exposure to x-rays. Most of
them are based on certain fundamental concepts concerning x-rays:
    1.  Time - Reducing the duration of exposure reduces the dose,
    2.  Distance - Increasing the distance from the radiation source reduces the dose, because
       x-ray intensity is inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the source
       (Inverse Square Law), except at short distances, and
    3.  Shielding - X-rays can be attenuated by shielding.

Those who are exposed to radiation should judiciously use time, distance, and shielding to limit
their radiation dose.

Humans should be exposed to the unattenuated primary radiation beams of x-ray imaging
equipment in medical facilities only for medical purposes. For this definition, "medical
purposes" include research involving the exposure of human subjects conducted in accordance
with the Federal Policy for the Protection of Human Subjects (OSTP et al. 1991). In particular,
humans may not be exposed to these unattenuated beams solely for training, for quality
assurance purposes, to test equipment, or to obtain images for accreditation. The only exceptions
to this principle are that precision assessments and cross-calibrations may be made in dual-
energy x-ray bone densitometry in accordance with the guidelines of the International Society for
Clinical Densitometry (ISCD) (CRCPD 2006; ISCD 2007a; ISCD 2007b).

Optimization of protection is at the heart of a successful radiation control program. It includes
evaluating and, where practical to do so, incorporating measures to reduce collective and
individual doses and minimizing the number of workers and members of the public exposed. In
accordance with the ICRP's principle of optimization of protection, each facility should use, to
the extent practicable, procedures and engineering controls to achieve  occupational doses and
doses to members of the public that are as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA), with
economic and social factors being taken into account. The ALARA approach is applied  after it
has been determined that a proposed activity will not exceed any mandatory dose limit.

-------
The ALARA approach requires that only individuals whose presence is necessary are permitted
in the examination room while images are acquired. Caregivers (guardians, spouses, parents) are
an exception, when the responsible imaging team believes their support will result in an
improved procedure and better patient experience (e.g., reduced anxiety, greater patient
cooperation). Using radiation protective apparel and portable shields, and maintaining as much
distance as reasonable from the point where the x-ray beam intersects the patient, will provide
radiation protection for staff and caregivers. To limit worker dose, the operator should be behind
a shielded barrier, wear radiation protective apparel, or be otherwise protected during image
acquisition. This is not always practical with mobile radiography.
RADIATION SAFETY PROGRAM

Each facility should establish a radiation safety program. A radiation safety program is the
mechanism by which an institution ensures that:
    1.  each individual involved in image selection, acquisition and interpretation is
       appropriately trained on radiation safety (ICRP 2009),
    2.  the use of ionizing radiation within its purview is performed in accordance with existing
       laws and regulations,
    3.  individual health care providers and technologists are equipped with knowledge of the
       options available to them as they contribute to making benefitrisk assessments and
       selecting the appropriate examination and protocol for each individual patient, and
    4.  x-ray equipment users and the surrounding public receive adequate radiation protection.

The primary objective is to obtain necessary diagnostic information or interventional results with
no more irradiation of the patient than is required. This also helps keep exposure to staff and
members of the public at a minimum.

The key personnel and activities involved in managing a radiation safety program include:
Radiation Safety Officer

The Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) is responsible for radiation safety. The RSO may be the
same person designated for radiation safety for NRC purposes under 10 CFR 35 (USNRC
2014e). An RSO should be designated for each facility that uses ionizing radiation for medical
imaging, and should be appointed in writing by the facility director or agency. The RSO shall be
permitted to directly communicate with facility executive management. The RSO, whenever
possible, should be a qualified expert as defined in this document. The RSO should be a person
having knowledge and training in ionizing radiation measurement and evaluation  of safety
techniques and the ability to advise regarding radiation protection needs (for example, a person
certified in diagnostic medical physics by the American Board  of Radiology, or in health physics
by the American Board of Health Physics, or those having equivalent qualifications).

-------
The RSO has the following specific responsibilities:

   1.  Establish and implement radiation safety procedures and review them periodically to
       assure their conformity with regulations and good radiation safety practices.
   2.  Instruct personnel in regulatory requirements and proper radiation protection practices
       before they begin working with radiation and periodically thereafter to maintain and
       update that knowledge.
   3.  Conduct or supervise radiation surveys where indicated and keep records of such surveys
       and tests, including summaries of corrective measures recommended and/or instituted.
   4.  Assure that area monitoring and personnel monitoring devices are used as required and
       records are kept of the results of such monitoring. This function requires:
          a. reviewing the monitoring reports promptly to ensure that public and personnel
             doses do not exceed regulatory limits and are ALARA, and
          b. making their own dosimetry records available to workers at any time, and
             periodically informing workers of their dose records. These records will be kept in
             a suitable organized file (readily retrievable but not necessarily on site) for the life
             of the facility or as legally required.
   5.  Ensure that any warning signals  on imaging equipment and suites are regularly  checked
       for proper function and that required signs are properly posted.
   6.  Monitor compliance with the requirements of regulations and the requirements  specified
       in the facility's standard operating procedures.
   7.  In conjunction with a qualified medical physicist (QMP), promptly  investigate each
       known or suspected case of excessive or abnormal exposure by:
          a.  determining the causes,
          b.  taking steps to prevent its recurrence,
          c.  monitoring corrective actions, and
          d.  making appropriate reports.
   8.  Ensure that required notifications and reports in cases of personnel  overexposures and
       radiation medical events are submitted as required by regulations.
   9.  Promptly notify facility executive management of:
          a.  significant safety hazards,
          b.  significant violations of regulations,
          c.  exposures of staff or members of the public that exceed regulatory requirements,
              and
          d.  radiation  medical events.
   10. Review or have a QMP review, prior to construction or modification, plans for rooms in
       which x-ray producing equipment is to be installed, including:
          a.  room layout,
          b.  shielding (AAPM 2006c; NCRP 2004a),
          c.  viewing and communications systems, and
          d.  verifying that the shielding is installed according to plan and functions as
              designed  before clinical use of the equipment.
                                           10

-------
Qualified Medical Physicist

The services of a QMP are essential for the optimal use of medical imaging. The physicist should
be a person having knowledge and training in medical imaging physics and technology, and its
clinical utilization. A person should either be certified in diagnostic medical physics by the
American Board of Radiology or have equivalent qualifications. (Due to their unique mission
requirements, the uniformed services may need to develop their own criteria for determining
when a physicist is a QMP as defined in this document.) The following services should be
performed by or under the supervision of a QMP:

   1.  Participation in evaluation and selection of equipment
   2.  Acceptance testing of new equipment
   3.  Testing of radiation emitting medical equipment after repairs or modifications
   4.  Monitoring imaging system performance at least annually
   5.  Evaluating, in conjunction with the RSO, radiation medical events
   6.  Oversight of the technical QC program
   7.  Investigation of the root causes of image quality issues and identify appropriate solutions
   8.  Design or review and approve x-ray room radiation shielding
   9.  Verification surveys of x-ray room shielding
   10. Periodic review of existing imaging protocols
   11. Assistance with development and evaluation of new and revised imaging protocols
   12. Patient-specific radiation dose calculations (e.g., fetal dose calculations)
   13. Providing training on quality control and radiation safety
   14. Ensuring that instruments used to monitor x-ray imaging systems are appropriate for the
       task, appropriately calibrated for the task (e.g., energy and dose rate measurements), and
       maintained
   15. Evaluating the radiation-related aspects of research protocols
Protection of the Patient
       Patient Safety

As with all medical procedures, there are critical elements of patient safety that must be
observed. The first critical element is ensuring that the correct patient undergoes the correct
diagnostic test or interventional procedure, and that the examination is performed on the correct
body part. To that end, methods for verification of patient identity prior to events such as
administration of medication or surgical procedures should be extended to diagnostic and
interventional imaging. If the medical procedure involves intervention or a specific side of the
patient's anatomy, the specific body part should be confirmed prior to the procedure. The
precautions should be commensurate with the risk from the examination or procedure, with
greater precautions being taken for procedures of greater risk.
                                            11

-------
       Special Patient Populations

Specific special patient populations addressed here include:
    1.  Pregnant patients
    2.  Pediatric patients
    3.  Patients enrolled in a research protocol

Occupational radiation exposure to minors and to the fetus of a pregnant worker is discussed in
the section General Standards for Protection Against Radiation.
                                    Pregnant patients

Because of the special risk that radiation exposure poses to the embryo or fetus, each facility
should establish and implement procedures to determine, before conducting an examination or
procedure, whether a female patient of childbearing age may be pregnant. The precautions
should be commensurate with the risk from the examination or procedure to be performed, with
greater precautions being taken for procedures imparting larger radiation doses to the abdomen
or pelvic region of the patient. If a pregnancy test is indicated, it should be obtained within 72
hours before the examination. A confirmatory pregnancy test would not be necessary if
pregnancy can be excluded by documented surgical, medical or gynecological (i.e., menopause)
history.

For pregnant patients, consideration should be  given to alternate tests or procedures, such as
ultrasound, that would not expose the embryo or fetus to ionizing radiation, or to modifying the
examination or procedure to reduce the radiation dose to the embryo or fetus (ACR-SPR 2013).
For procedures that may impart a clinically important dose to the fetus, especially for doses
exceeding 0.05 Gy (5 rad), the anticipated dose and associated risks should be included as part of
informed consent unless a physician determines that delay caused by the extended consent
discussion would harm the patient (Dauer et al. 2012). The physician might consider delaying the
procedure, if possible, until after pregnancy to  prevent exposure to the embryo or fetus.
Procedures that may impart a dose to the embryo or fetus exceeding 0.05 Gy (5 rad) are
prolonged fluoroscopic procedures to the abdomen or pelvis and CT  imaging  involving multiple
scans of the abdomen or pelvis (Dauer  et al. 2012).

Evaluation of the benefitrisk ratio in relation to the radiation dose from medical imaging in a
pregnant woman is very complex (NCRP 2013). In instances where a study using ionizing
radiation is deemed necessary, every effort should be made to avoid exposing the fetus to the
direct radiation beam. If a patient is pregnant, a radiologist, radiation oncologist or other
physician knowledgeable in the risk from the radiation exposure should work with the patient in
making the decision whether to perform the examination or procedure (Dauer et al. 2012). There
should be a discussion of the benefits and risks with a pregnant patient  prior to the imaging
unless an emergent need for the imaging or her condition precludes this (ACR-SPR 2013). If a
previously unrecognized pregnancy is identified after a procedure, the referring physician should
be notified and the patient counseled as appropriate. The dose to the fetus should be estimated if
fetal dose is of concern (see below).
                                           12

-------
If the dose to the embryo or fetus could exceed 0.05 Gy (5 rad), a formal dose assessment should
be performed by a QMP and provided with consultation to the referring physician so that the
patient can be advised accordingly (NCRP 2013). Doses at or above 0.1 Gy (10 rad) warrant
discussions between the patient and her physician of potentially adverse fetal effects, and the
fetal dose assessment should be included in the medical record. Whenever a pregnant patient
expresses concern about the risk to her fetus, the dose and risk should be addressed.

Each facility should establish a policy for determining which procedures, when performed on
women of child-bearing age, require pregnancy testing and informed consent. In general, for
procedures likely to impart a fetal dose greater than 0.05 Gy (5 rad), pregnancy testing should be
performed and informed consent should be obtained. For procedures likely to impart a fetal  dose
<0.05 Gy (5 rad), informed consent should be obtained according to facility policy. If informed
consent is not required, the facility should not require a pregnancy test, either. Examples of
examinations where neither informed consent nor pregnancy testing is necessary include those
for which the dose to the fetus is not significant, e.g. upper extremity radiography, CT of the
head and neck, mammography and dental radiography (ACR-SPR 2013; Dauer et al. 2012).

Most facilities should post signs in suitable locations, such as patient reception areas and
procedure rooms, asking female patients to notify staff if they might be pregnant. These signs  are
not necessary in dental facilities where expected fetal doses are very low.
                                    Pediatric patients

In children, some organs are more sensitive to radiation induced stochastic effects than in adults
(UNSCEAR 2013), and children also have greater expected remaining life spans than adults. As
such, children represent a population at greater risk for subsequent development of radiation-
induced cancer than adults (ICRP 2013b). This difference in the benefitrisk ratio should be
considered in the prescription of medical imaging requiring ionizing radiation. Alternative
imaging modalities that do not use ionizing radiation, such as ultrasound or MRI, should be
considered. However, it is also appropriate to consider factors other than radiation, such as
sedation, comfort and cost.

Protocols for all  ionizing radiation imaging should be "child-sized" or optimized so that the dose
is appropriate for the size of the  infant or child (FDA 2001; ICRP 2013b; Strauss et al. 2010).
For radiography, fluoroscopy and CT, this key principle holds true. Also, unlike abdominal CT
studies performed in adults, pediatric CT studies usually do not require multiple passes through
the child's body. This reduces the radiation dose to the child without compromising diagnosis.
                         Subjects enrolled in a research protocol

All research involving human subjects that is conducted, supported or otherwise subject to
regulation by any federal department or agency must conform to the most current version of the
Federal Policy for the Protection of Human Subjects (FPPHS) (OSTP et al. 1991). This policy
                                           13

-------
requires approval of research protocols by a properly constituted institutional review board (1KB)
and obtaining informed consent from the research subject.

Many protocols use radiation that is medically indicated (also referred to as  "standard-of-care ").
Medically-indicated radiation is used to diagnose or guide treatment as a non-research medical
procedure for clinical management of the research subject. The radiation dose from a medically-
indicated procedure done as part of a research study should not require additional justification,
review, and approval by an 1KB.

When the radiation exposure is described as indicated for research (the radiation use does not
meet the criteria of "medically indicated") it must be reviewed and approved. IKBs have
responsibility for oversight of research involving human subjects, but should seek the advice of
the institution's Radiation Safety Committee regarding the radiation risk from any  non-medically
indicated radiation use that is a component of the research.
       Analysis of Risk to Research Subjects from Radiation

An analysis of risk to the human research subjects, including that from radiation exposure, must
be performed prior to seeking informed consent and prior to review of the research study by the
1KB. The risks of both deterministic and stochastic effects from the radiation exposure should be
considered (see section on BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF IONIZING RADIATION). For
consideration of the risk of deterministic effects, the maximal doses to individual organs and
tissues at risk should be estimated, although dose rate and dose fractionation may also be
considered. Ideally, the risk from stochastic effects (e.g., cancer) should be calculated by
estimating doses to individual organs and tissues and using organ and tissue specific risk
coefficients that account for the age and gender of the subject. The International Commission on
Radiation Units and Measurements (ICRU) provides useful information for determining patient
dose (ICRU 2005). However, for many imaging procedures, this approach would consume
considerable resources and requiring it would discourage many research studies from being
performed.

The ICRP developed the quantity effective dose (E) for radiation protection purposes to assess
the risk of detriment to workers from stochastic effects  caused by occupational  exposure to
ionizing radiation (Harrison and Streffer 2007; ICRP 199la). This quantity utilizes mean tissue
weighting values for humans averaged over both sexes  and all ages, and thus does not relate to
the characteristics of particular individuals  (ICRP 2007a). Although effective dose was not
intended to be used for  assessing risk from  medical exposures, it is commonly used to convey the
potential risk from radiation exposure for subjects participating in investigational protocols
(Martin 2007). The effective dose can be estimated for  many imaging procedures. Furthermore,
effective dose provides a single quantity that represents possible detriment from radiation
exposure due to participation in a research study and can be compared to other sources of
radiation exposure (e.g., medical procedures and natural background radiation). From the
research subject's perspective, this comparison is simple and expresses the risk in a meaningful
way. Effective dose may be used for estimating the risk of stochastic effects for human research
subjects, but should not be used without considering its appropriateness in light of the
                                           14

-------
characteristics of the study population, including their ages, genders, genetic predisposition, the
body parts being irradiated, and their expected life-spans. The use of effective dose can provide a
general indicator of risk (usually within 30% for populations under 50) and is not likely to be off
by more than a factor of 3 (in older populations) (Ivanov et al. 2013).  ICRP Publication 62
(ICRP 1991b) provides guidance on the use of effective dose in estimating risk to reference
persons.
       Informed Consent for Research Involving Radiation

To enroll in any research study using human subjects, participants must be knowledgeable about
the risks, benefits, privacy considerations and other related matters. They must participate
voluntarily and must provide written informed consent using an IRB-approved consent form.
Requirements for human research in x-ray imaging facilities are addressed in the Federal
Register (OSTP et al. 1991) and are specified in the current Code of Federal Regulations sections
that apply to individual facility operations (e.g.,  32 CFR 219 for DoD, 45 CFR 46 for DHHS,
40 CFR 26 for EPA, and 38 CFR 16 for VA(DHHS 2014; DoD 2014; EPA 2014; VA 2014)).
Appendix A contains sample informed consent templates for the research use of radiation,
adapted from those used by Nffl in 2014 (Nffl 2008a; Nffl 2008b; Nffl 2010).

These consent  documents have been developed for use when patients are irradiated for research
purposes, as opposed to being irradiated for clinical care. These documents explain risk based on
effective dose.  The maximum level  of radiation risk should be expected to be minimal, minor to
intermediate, or moderate when the  respective societal benefit is minor, intermediate to
moderate, or substantial (ICRP 1991b). The radiation dose for each of these ranges may vary
according to the specific IRB and the specific research population. The sample consent templates
in Appendix A may be used as a starting point for IRB consideration for the general adult
population. These consent templates should be modified as appropriate to meet the particular
requirements or needs of a given study.
Protection of the Worker and the Public
       Occupational Radiation Safety Training

Each facility should train staff who operate x-ray producing equipment or who are routinely
exposed to radiation by the equipment (ICRP 2009). Training should be provided initially prior
to utilization of the equipment and at least annually thereafter. The training should be performed
by a qualified individual and should be commensurate with risk to the  staff and to the patient. It
should include:
    1.   the risks from exposure to ionizing radiation,
    2.   regulatory requirements,
    3.   recommendations of this guidance document,
    4.   facility requirements,
    5.   proper operation of the specific equipment to be used,
                                           15

-------
   6.  methods for maintaining doses to staff within regulatory limits and as low as reasonably
       achievable, and
   7.  guidance for protecting the patient and embryo or fetus.

Training need not be performed at or by the medical facility, provided that the facility determines
that it meets these requirements, and the facility obtains written certification of successful
completion of the training.
       Personnel and Area Monitoring

Each worker who is expected to receive more than 10% of the applicable annual dose limit
(NRC) or more than 25% of the quarterly dose limit (OSHA) is required to wear one or more
dosimeters. There shall be a procedure for regular issuance and replacement of dosimeters for
exposure evaluation, and records of the doses received shall be retained as required by OSHA in
29 CFR 1910.1096 (OSHA 2014a) and NRC in 10 CFR 20 (USNRC 2014d). When a radiation
protective apron is worn, a dosimeter should be worn at the collar outside the apron. A second
dosimeter may be worn on the abdomen under the apron. The two-dosimeter method provides a
more accurate method of assessing effective dose (NCRP 1995). Monitoring of hand dose is
recommended for workers who may receive an annual equivalent dose to their hands greater than
50 mSv (NCRP 2010). When multiple dosimeters are issued to an employee, each dosimeter
should be labeled to indicate the location on the body where it is to be worn. Facilities should
ensure that workers wear dosimeters as required, and in the designated locations; failure to do so
can result in incorrect dose assessments. The appropriate use of one properly positioned
dosimeter is preferable to multiple improperly positioned dosimeters (Duran et al. 2013).
Periodic assessments and feedback to employees regarding their exposures are particularly
important. If there is a question regarding the amount of radiation a person might receive near
rooms in which x-rays are produced, the facility can post dosimeters in or near those areas in
order to estimate the person's radiation dose.

Facilities and agencies should use methods for estimating individual doses based on the goal of
assigning accurate doses. As of 2014, OSHA establishes dose limits to the head and trunk and  so
the radiation dose indicated by the collar dosimeter must be used to assess compliance with this
limit. However, the NRC, whose dose limits regarding NRC-licensed radioactive materials, are
based in part on the quantity effective dose equivalent, permits the use of two personal
dosimeters, one under the protective garments and  one at the collar outside the protective
garments, for assessment of compliance with its dose limits (USNRC 2002). Federal regulatory
agencies should adopt methods and procedures consistent with NCRP Report No. 122, which
provides recommended methods for determining effective dose (E) (NCRP 1995).
       Radiation Safety Procedures for Fluoroscopy

It is strongly recommended that, other than for the patient being examined, only staff and
ancillary personnel required for the procedure, or those in training, be in the room during the
fluoroscopic examination (AAPM 1998; ACR-AAPM 2013a). Caregivers (guardians, spouses,
                                           16

-------
parents) are an exception, when the responsible imaging team believes their support will result in
an improved procedure and better patient experience (e.g., reduced anxiety, greater patient
cooperation). Only the patient should be exposed to the primary beam. However, if primary
beam exposure to another person is unavoidable, it should be minimized. It is essential that all
personnel in the room during fluoroscopic procedures be protected from scatter radiation by
either whole-body shields or radiation protective apparel. For procedures performed using
microampere fluoroscopy systems ("mini C-arms"), a QMP should determine if aprons are
required.

For workers, aprons should provide the desired protection at an acceptable weight, because the
apron weight itself can pose a substantial ergonomic risk to its wearer. Apron weight can be
reduced by using thinner lead or by replacing lead, completely or partially, with a combination of
one or more other materials that have the same or better attenuation for the scattered radiation
from fluoroscopic beams. Though 0.5 mm lead-equivalent aprons are considered the standard as
of 2014, an apron with thinner lead equivalence may provide adequate protection. Based on the
calculation of effective dose (E) from dual dosimeters, a 0.3 mm lead-equivalent apron will
result in a value of E that is only moderately higher (7 to 16%) than a 0.5 mm lead-equivalent
apron (NCRP 1995). The two-dosimeter method described above under PERSONNEL AND
AREA MONITORING may be preferable for monitoring personnel in the room during high dose
interventional procedures. Monthly dose monitoring can also ensure that staff members who use
garments with < 0.5 mm lead equivalent thickness keep their occupational dose below the
required dose limits. With these precautions in place, it is quite possible to provide adequate
protection with a 0.35 mm or less lead equivalent thickness (NCRP 2010). The lead-equivalent
thickness should not be less than 0.25 mm.

Due to the risk of radiation-induced cataract formation (Ciraj-Bjelac et al. 2010; ICRP 2010;
Vano et al. 2013), the staff exposed to radiation during fluoroscopically-guided interventional
procedures should be appropriately protected from radiation. When the x-ray beam is activated,
they should be behind a ceiling-suspended (or floor-mounted) shield or else should protect their
eyes (NCRP 2010). All protective eyewear should have the correct optical prescription, fit
properly, and have side shields or be of a wraparound design. In any event, the eyes must be
protected to keep the lens dose less than current regulatory limits and should also be protected to
keep the lens dose less than the ICRP dose recommendations (ICRP 2011). As appropriate,
protective eyewear should also be made available to individuals who perform other non-
interventional fluoroscopic procedures.

It is strongly recommended that radiation protective apparel (e.g.,  aprons, gloves, thyroid collars)
undergo visual and manual evaluation at least annually for radiation protection integrity (Miller
et  al. 2010b; NCRP 2010). If a defect in the attenuating material is suspected, radiographic or
fluoroscopic inspection may be performed as an alternative to immediately removing the item
from service to determine if it is still protective. The facility should establish rejection criteria;
examples can be found in the literature (Lambert and McKeon 2001). Radiation exposure of staff
should be minimized by minimizing the use of fluoroscopy for inspections or by appropriately
protecting the inspector. Radiation protective aprons, gloves and thyroid shields should be hung
or laid flat and never folded, and manufacturer's instructions should be followed.
                                           17

-------
       Notification and Reporting Requirements

If radiation exposures to staffer members of the public exceed regulatory limits, the facility shall
make notifications and reports as required by the appropriate regulatory authority (e.g., OSHA or
the NRC) (OSHA 2014a; USNRC 2014d).
                                          18

-------
          STRUCTURAL SHIELDING AND DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCHES

To prevent inadvertent patient injury or the need to repeat exposures of patients, it is strongly
recommended that interlock switches that terminate x-ray production not be placed on doors to
any diagnostic or interventional x-ray room (NCRP 2004a). Instead, appropriate access control
measures for radiation safety should be instituted.

To the greatest extent possible, administrative controls and personal protective equipment should
not be used as substitutes for engineering controls and appropriate facility design. For the
structural shielding of rooms containing x-ray imaging or x-ray-producing devices, the shielding
design goal should be 5 mGy in a year to any person in controlled areas. For uncontrolled areas,
the shielding design goal should be a maximum of 1 mGy to any person in a year (0.02 mGy per
week) (NCRP 2004a). Shielding design for and acceptance testing surveys of imaging rooms
should be performed or reviewed by a QMP using appropriate methodology such as is provided
in NCRP reports. Whenever room modifications are performed or the assumed shielding
parameters change (e.g., new equipment, increased workload, or altered use of adjacent spaces),
the suitability of the design should be reviewed by a QMP. The shielding design calculations, as-
built shielding plans, and the report on the acceptance testing of the structural shielding should
be kept for the duration of use of the room for x-ray imaging. The American Association of
Physicists in Medicine (AAPM) guidance should be used as appropriate, for modalities not
covered in NCRP reports. At the time of this writing, this includes guidance for PET/CT
shielding (AAPM 2006c). In evaluating the need for structural shielding for SPECT/CT, the
radiation from the radioactive material in the patient should also be considered.

Mobile radiographic equipment is frequently used for bedside examinations. Effective radiation
protection in these circumstances is normally provided through exposure time and distance
(NCRP  1989b; NCRP 2000; NCRP 2004a). When mobile radiographic or fluoroscopic
equipment is used in a fixed location, or frequently in a particular location, it is strongly
recommended that a qualified expert evaluate the need for structural shielding (NCRP 2004a).
When radiographic or fluoroscopic equipment is used in a temporary facility (e.g., field
hospital), the effective use of distance, exposure time, or non-structural shielding may eliminate
the need for structural shielding.
                                           19

-------
         REQUESTING AND PERFORMING STUDIES INVOLVING X-RAYS

This report uses the terms Referring Medical Practitioner and Radiological Medical Practitioner.
The Referring Medical Practitioner is a health professional who, in accordance with state and
federal requirements, may refer individuals to a Radiological Medical Practitioner for medical
exposure (IAEA 201 Ib). The Radiological Medical Practitioner is a health professional, with
education and specialist training in the medical uses of radiation, who is competent to
independently perform or oversee  procedures involving medical radiation exposure in a given
specialty (IAEA 201 Ib). The qualifications and responsibilities of these practitioners are
discussed below.
REQUESTING STUDIES: REFERRING MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS (REQUESTING
HEALTH PROFESSIONALS)

A medical procedure should only be performed on a patient if it is appropriately justified and
optimized for that particular patient. In this context, "appropriateness" is generally defined in
terms of benefit and risk. The RAND corporation has developed a definition of "appropriate"
that is widely used: the expected health benefit (i.e., increased life expectancy, relief of pain,
reduction in anxiety, improved functional capacity) exceeds the expected negative consequences
(i.e., mortality, morbidity, anxiety of anticipating the procedure, pain produced by the procedure,
misleading or false diagnoses, time lost from work) by a sufficiently wide margin that the
procedure is worth doing (NHS 1993; Sistrom 2008). In other words, the anticipated clinical
benefits should exceed all anticipated procedural risks, including radiation risk. This implies that
radiation should be included in the benefitrisk evaluation for each patient both before and during
any procedure.

As with any medical procedure, the requesting or "ordering" provider (i.e., the Referring
Medical Practitioner) should have adequate knowledge of the patient, understand the nature of
the proposed and alternative imaging procedures, and fully comprehend the medical diagnostic
and treatment options available in order to be able to assess the benefitrisk ratios for the imaging
procedure. These ratios balance the benefit of the diagnostic examination being requested against
the stochastic and deterministic risks to the patient from radiation exposure during imaging, as
well as the benefits and risks from alternative radiological and non-radiological procedures. The
Referring Medical Practitioner (with privileges at the facility or within the healthcare network
for the ordering of radiograph!c studies) should have determined that sufficient clinical history,
symptoms, signs or findings exist to necessitate the examination. All exposures to radiation
should involve a consideration of benefit and risk, in order to ensure that the expected benefits of
the examination outweigh the potential risks, and that the most appropriate radiological or non-
radiological procedure is selected on the basis  of its benefitrisk ratio. Of necessity, this estimate
of benefit and risk is usually qualitative. In all  cases, the use of radiation in diagnostic medical
imaging should be justified and optimized. This is the responsibility of all involved providers
and technologists. Dose management begins when a patient is considered for a procedure
involving ionizing radiation, involves equipment setup before the exam begins, and ends when
any necessary radiation-related follow-up is completed.
                                           20

-------
Physicians and other licensed independent practitioners (Referring Medical Practitioners) who
have the legal authority and privileges to request diagnostic imaging studies involving ionizing
radiation should have a basic understanding of radiation effects and protection methods (ICRP
2009). They should also have an appreciation for the radiation dose involved in a study and the
potential effects of this dose over the lifetime of the patient to properly assess the benefitrisk
ratio.  The justification of medical exposure for an individual patient should be carried out by the
Referring Medical Practitioner, in consultation with the Radiological Medical Practitioner when
appropriate.  Other members of the patient's care team may contribute to this process.

Each health care facility should  establish a formal mechanism whereby Referring Medical
Practitioners have sources of information available at the time of ordering. These sources should
provide information regarding appropriate diagnostic imaging methods to answer the clinical
question, and comparison of the radiation doses associated with these methods. These may
include decision support software, imaging referral guidelines (e.g., ACR Appropriateness
Criteria (ACR 2012a)), screening recommendations (USPSTF, ACR, ACS), and diagnostic
algorithms (ACR  2013; ACS 2013; DHHS 2012a). These information sources are important
tools for justification of imaging procedures. A mechanism for consultation with Radiological
Medical Practitioners should also be made available.

One of the most important methods for reducing radiation  exposure is the elimination of
clinically unproductive examinations. This continues to be a significant, but largely unrealized
opportunity. Appropriate education of the requesting physician, utilization of existing current
recommendations (such as the ACR Appropriateness Criteria (ACR 2012a)) and consultation
with a Radiological Medical Practitioner prior to generation of the examination request can all
improve the likelihood that the most appropriate examination is performed relative to the clinical
question. Ideally,  electronic ordering systems will have the capability to inform referring
providers of appropriate examinations, and will alert them to unnecessary repeat examinations.

Follow-up examinations are commonly done so that significant changes in clinical information
are obtained for making proper decisions on continuation or alteration of the management of the
patient. These examinations may result in unnecessary patient exposure if repeated before
significant changes in patient status occur; therefore, it is recommended that they be done only at
time intervals long enough to make proper decisions concerning continuation or alteration of
treatment.
Qualifications to Request X-ray Examinations

Requests for imaging examinations involving the use of x-rays in federal health care facilities
should be made only by physicians or other Referring Medical Practitioners who are licensed in
the United States or one of its territories or possessions and privileged within the healthcare
facility or network. Properly trained individuals such as physician assistants and persons in
postgraduate medical training status do not have to meet the above requirements, but should be
under the general supervision of licensed independent practitioners with appropriate privileges.

It is recognized that medical students, interns, residents and some physician assistants may not
                                           21

-------
have developed medical judgment as to which test would be most efficacious. Such lack of
experience is remedied by work under conditions where there is sufficient expert supervision, so
that the appropriateness of examination requests can be monitored based on the clinical history
and Radiological Medical Practitioners are available for consultation and assistance.
Inexperienced individuals should be encouraged to contact a Radiological Medical Practitioner
when questions arise about the appropriateness of an imaging examination.

In addition to the privileges for which broad qualifications are needed, there are a number of
specialties which require only limited types of x-ray examinations. For example, Doctors of
Dental Surgery  or Dental Medicine may request appropriate examinations of the head, neck and
chest, although  such requests are normally confined to the oral region.

Variances to the above qualification requirements should occur only for emergency or life-
threatening situations, such as natural disasters.  Also, non-peacetime operations in the field or
aboard ship could require such variances.
PERFORMING AND SUPERVISING STUDIES: RADIOLOGICAL MEDICAL
PRACTITIONERS AND TECHNOLOGISTS
Facility policies

Responsible use of medical, dental and veterinary x-ray equipment involves restricting its
operation to properly qualified and supervised individuals. Such a policy should be established
for each x-ray facility by the responsible authority upon the recommendations of medical, dental
and veterinary staff. Eligible Radiological Medical Practitioners include those who are granted
privileges for equipment use based on the needs of patients served by the facility. These are
privileges to use or supervise the use of radiation-emitting equipment and are separate from
privileges to perform procedures. Such privileges might include, as part of their practice, the use
of CT equipment by radiologists, vascular surgeons and cardiologists; the use of fluoroscopes by
cardiologists, radiologists, urologists, orthopedic surgeons, general surgeons and others; the use
of x-ray imaging equipment by podiatrists and chiropractors; and the use of dental x-ray
equipment by dentists. Before Radiological Medical Practitioners are granted equipment use
privileges, it is strongly recommended that they receive adequate training in equipment use and
radiation protection (ICRP 2009). However, specific protocols limiting equipment use privileges
to specified types of Radiological Medical Practitioners should be part of the facility's written
policy statement.

Radiologic technologists who have completed an accredited educational program and been
certified by a state or voluntary credentialing organization should be able to perform radiologic
examinations with appropriate image quality and lower average patient doses than incompletely-
trained or non-credentialed operators.

Each facility should ensure that any individual performing or supervising x-ray imaging studies
at the facility is properly trained, both initially and at periodic intervals thereafter. Records
                                           22

-------
should be kept of the training. The records should include the date(s) of training, the name(s) of
the person(s) providing the training, the topics included in the training, the duration of the
training, and the names of the persons successfully completing the training. Training need not be
performed at or by the facility, provided that the facility determines that it meets these
requirements and was sufficiently recent, and the facility obtains written certification of
successful completion of the training. Specific training recommendations are addressed in the
GUIDANCE BY DIAGNOSTIC MODALITY section.

In order to achieve lower patient doses, the operator's manual should be readily available to the
user, and equipment operation should be guided by the manufacturer's instructions, including
any appropriate adjustments for optimizing dose and ensuring adequate image quality. If
automated protocols are not available so that technique charts are necessary, they should be
available to the operator to ensure proper selection of the radiographic technique.
Radiological Medical Practitioners

A Radiological Medical Practitioner is a health professional, with education and specialist
training in the medical uses of radiation, who is competent to independently perform or oversee
procedures involving medical exposure in a given specialty. Within the Radiology department,
this individual is typically a radiologist. Other individuals who use ionizing radiation for
imaging, usually outside the Radiology department (e.g., cardiac catheterization or fluoroscopy
in the operating room), are also considered Radiological Medical Practitioners. These
individuals, when acting as Radiological Medical Practitioners, have the same responsibilities for
imaging protocols and for supervising equipment operation that would otherwise be assigned to a
radiologist. The Radiological Medical Practitioner is also responsible for optimizing the dose of
ionizing radiation. As experts in medical imaging, Radiological Medical Practitioners share the
responsibility for justification of examinations with Referring Medical Practitioners.
Radiologists

A radiologist is a licensed physician or osteopath who is certified in Radiology or Diagnostic
Radiology by the American Board of Radiology or the American Osteopathic Board of
Radiology, or has completed a diagnostic radiology residency program approved by the
Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) or the American Osteopathic
Association. Within the Radiology department, the radiologist generally serves as the
Radiological Medical Practitioner. In addition to interpreting imaging studies, radiologists set
protocols for examinations involving x-ray systems and play a critical role in the performance of
studies. Imaging protocols should be devised for each imaging system and each imaging study.
These protocols should provide adequate image and study quality while optimizing the radiation
dose, particularly to radiosensitive tissues. Considerations include identifying the appropriate
area of coverage, collimation, number  of views to be acquired, and image quality needs (which
dictates the required x-ray beam energy and intensity). For CT, this includes CT-specific
technique factors, area of coverage, and the number of CT examination phases. Radiologists are
a source of knowledge on the advantages and disadvantages of different imaging modalities and
                                           23

-------
should be consulted when that expertise is needed.
Medical Radiologic Technologists

Medical Radiologic Technologists (MRT) and Registered Cardiovascular Invasive Specialists
(RCIS) having appropriate radiation and other training are the personnel who operate the
imaging equipment, deliver the radiation to the patients, and capture the diagnostic images. As
such, they are extremely important in the optimized use of diagnostic imaging. Operator
competence is normally achieved by successful completion of a training program that provides
both a didactic base and sufficient practical experience. The training program should be
accredited by a mechanism acceptable to the appropriate credentialing organization, e.g., the
American Registry of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT) or Cardiovascular Credentialing
International (CCI). The uniformed services should encourage their non-credentialed service
member technologists to become certified by a state or voluntary credentialing organization.
Continuing competence and professional growth should be encouraged with specific
opportunities to further the technologist's knowledge and skills through attendance at workshops
or by other means of training.

The radiologic technologist should be familiar with and facile at utilizing the imaging systems
and the techniques and technology available to them to reduce patient radiation dose while
producing clinically adequate images. As a critical part of the healthcare team, they should be
empowered to question techniques and requests when alternatives which would deliver lower
doses are available.

After completion of an accredited educational program and certification by a state or voluntary
credentialing organization, radiologic technologists should be able to produce radiographic
images of diagnostic quality with lower average patient doses than incompletely-trained or non-
credentialed operators. Non-credentialed operators may have little or no formal training in
anatomy, patient positioning or radiation protection practices. Inadequately trained operators are
likely to irradiate patients and themselves unnecessarily (EPA 2000). Personnel responsible for
image acquisition should be trained in patient preparation and positioning, selection of technique
factors and acquisition parameters, radiation protection measures, routine equipment quality
control (QC), image processing and digital image post-processing. They should also be able to
reduce to a minimum the number of repeat examinations.

Performance of imaging examinations by incompletely trained personnel is not justified except
for emergent or life-threatening circumstances, such as natural  disasters. Also, non-peacetime
operations in the field or aboard ship could require such variances. In such cases, these
individuals should be provided sufficient training to safely perform these tasks while producing
diagnostic quality images.
                                           24

-------
SCREENING AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROGRAMS

Screening programs using ionizing radiation should be justified, and the doses should be
optimized for screening. It is important to keep requirements current with technological
advances. There are several reasons why individuals without known disease or symptoms may be
referred for imaging examinations. Some are specifically for administrative or occupational
safety programs such as the annual posterior-anterior chest radiograph acquired to evaluate for
pneumoconiosis in coal, silica and asbestos workers. With the increased capabilities of imaging
systems and particularly with CT imaging, there has been an increased interest in and demand for
use of this technology to screen for pre-clinical disease in the general population. Self-referral by
patients for screening imaging to evaluate for disease in the absence of symptoms is an
increasingly common occurrence. Its appropriateness should be weighed and people requesting it
should be counseled on the benefits and risks. If screening has been shown to have a positive
benefitrisk ratio, it is generally warranted. Such screening programs should be subjected to
rigorous scientific evaluation, as has been done for mammography, to ensure that the risk posed
to the person or population being screened does not outweigh the benefits of detecting the
disease (ACR 2009b). Most screening and elective x-ray examinations should not be performed
on pregnant women; exceptions are addressed in ACR guidelines (ACR-SPR 2013).
Chest Radiography

Screening for tuberculosis is no longer performed in the United States with chest radiography,
although this technique may still be required during public health, disaster relief and
humanitarian operations, especially in other parts of the world. Low dose CT is an appropriate
early detection tool for lung cancer in certain high risk populations, including current or former
smokers, when performed according to professional guidelines (ACS 2013). Chest radiography
is not appropriate for lung cancer screening.

"Routine" radiographs without specific indications or symptoms should not be performed on
admission to the hospital or while an inpatient.

Standard posterior-anterior chest radiographs are performed periodically to evaluate certain
populations with high occupational risk for lung disease. These populations include coal miners,
asbestos workers, silica workers and a few other specific populations.  There are typically
specific requirements for these images; yet, as with all other images, it is important to optimize
the radiation dose delivered to the individual.
Mammography

Breast cancer is a common and significant health risk in the United States. Because of the
importance of early detection in control and survival, mammography is an important screening
modality. This technique has improved considerably since the publication of Federal Guidance
Report 9 (EPA 1976), especially with respect to reducing radiation dose per examination.
Women and their health care providers are encouraged to refer to the most current NCI
                                           25

-------
recommendations when deciding upon breast cancer screening examinations. Mammography
facilities, except for VA mammography facilities, must comply with FDA's regulations
implementing the Mammography Quality Standards Act (MQSA) (FDA 2014c). VA
mammography facilities are required to comply with the basic requirements of MQSA, but VA is
responsible for enforcement and oversight of its on-site mammography facilities (Congress
1996).
PHYSICIAN SELF-REFERRAL EXAMINATIONS

There are two types of self-referral. One is patient self-referral, whereby patients refer
themselves for imaging procedures without having physician requests (referrals), and sometimes
without having personal physicians. (See guidance on patient self-referral in the section on
SCREENING AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROGRAMS.) The other is physician self-referral,
whereby physicians see patients, decide to perform imaging procedures on those patients, and
then refer the patients to themselves or their own medical practices for the procedures.

In this context, self-referral examinations are examinations requested or ordered by the same
physician or other licensed independent practitioner who subsequently performs or interprets
them. Some of these examinations might occur because of patient convenience, i.e., not requiring
the patient to travel to another facility for the examination.

Unnecessary radiation exposure caused by self-referral practices that are not medically indicated
generally need not occur in federal health care institutions, where radiology services are readily
available. Exceptions could be small operational units, such as ships, field units or isolated
stations where the normal workload does not justify a staff radiologist. Thus, the conduct of self-
referral x-ray examinations should be permitted only by a physician whose qualifications to
supervise, perform, and interpret diagnostic radiological procedures have been demonstrated to
the appropriate authorities.

It is recognized that limited self-referral type examinations are performed in federal medical
facilities in certain clinical specialties. The use of such self-referral x-ray examinations should,
however, be limited to studies unique to and required by the specialty of the physician
performing them and be subject to peer review.

Self-referral practices in federal facilities are expected to be immune to economic considerations
for the referring physician. Self-referral practices in contract civilian facilities should conform to
those in federal facilities. Exception may be made in remote areas where no practicable
alternative exists.
COMMUNICATION AMONG PRACTITIONERS

Optimal medical care requires communication between the Referring Medical Practitioner and
the Radiological Medical Practitioner. The information technology system also plays an
important role. Requests for x-ray examinations should be considered as medical consultations
                                           26

-------
between the Referring Medical Practitioner and the Radiological Medical Practitioner. A request
should state the diagnostic objective of the examination, and when appropriate, should detail
relevant medical history including results of previous diagnostic x-ray examinations and other
relevant tests.

Whenever possible the Radiological Medical Practitioner should review all examination requests
requiring fluoroscopy, CT, or other complex or high-dose studies before the examination is
performed, and ideally before it is scheduled. For this reason, it is important that a thorough and
accurate patient history be included with each examination request. Based upon the clinical
question, history, and relevant available previous studies, the Radiological Medical Practitioner
should direct the examination using standard protocols, with any appropriate addition,
substitution or deletion of views or sequences. Whenever possible, there should be
communication between the requesting health care provider and the imaging expert before any
adjustment is made to the examination protocol for any patient.

Effective communication of the findings is an essential component of imaging studies. Facilities
are strongly encouraged to have policies on the communication of findings that are consistent
with the guidelines of accrediting organizations and professional societies (ACR 2010).
Standardized reporting formats, if available, should be used.

The provision of care by more than one medical facility may result in duplication of imaging
studies. To prevent this, and as technology permits, the Referring Medical Practitioner should
review the patient's medical record to determine whether the proposed imaging study is an
unnecessary duplication of a previous study. All members of the patient's health care team
should cooperate to help prevent unnecessary studies. This requires that the reports and images
from all studies are accessible through the patient's Electronic Health Record (EFtR) (Congress
2007). Facilities should  ensure that patient information in EHRs at all medical facilities is shared,
ideally through a common interface, and available to the practitioner. Structured reporting can
facilitate this sharing of information (ACCF 2009).

When referral from  one  facility to a second is anticipated, only the studies needed for proper
referral should be performed in the first facility.  Those imaging studies should be made available
to the second medical facility  concurrent with the transfer, either electronically or in hard copy
format.
                                            27

-------
                        TECHNICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE

Quality assurance refers to those steps that are taken to ensure that a facility consistently
produces images that are adequate for the purpose with optimal patient exposure and minimal
operator exposure. Quality assurance is a shared responsibility of all involved in patient health
care. In radiological imaging, quality assurance requires effective communication and interaction
among the Radiological Medical Practitioners, equipment operators, QMPs and others servicing
and assuring quality performance of the equipment.

Quality assurance includes those organizational steps taken to make sure that testing techniques
are properly performed and that the results of tests are used to effectively maintain a consistently
high level of image quality. An effective quality assurance program includes assigning personnel
to determine optimum  testing frequency of the imaging devices, evaluate test results, schedule
corrective action, provide training, and perform ongoing evaluation and revision of the program.

Quality control comprises the procedures used for the routine physical testing of the primary
components of the imaging chain from the x-ray source, through processing to the viewing of
images, as addressed in Table 1. Each facility, through its radiation quality control team (e.g.,
QMP, imaging physicians, radiologic technologists, biomedical  maintenance personnel), should
track maintenance and monitoring procedures.

Each facility performing medical imaging with x-rays should establish in writing and implement
a technical quality assurance and quality control program that conforms to current professional
society recommendations (e.g., the "ACR Technical Standard for Diagnostic Medical Physics
Performance Monitoring of Radiograph!c and Fluoroscopic Equipment" (ACR 2011), the
"ACR/AAPM Technical Standard for Diagnostic Medical Physics Performance Monitoring of
Computed Tomography (CT) Equipment" (ACR-AAPM 2012), and the ACR Computed
Tomography Quality Control Manual (ACR 2012b)). The program should include all aspects of
the imaging process from image acquisition through image display (see  sections on QUALITY
ASSURANCE for each modality below). Display monitors for interpretation of grayscale images
should be calibrated to the DICOM Grayscale Standard Display Function (GSDF) (NEMA 2009)
and their performance  should be periodically assessed (AAPM 2005). It is also highly desirable
that operators' console monitors and quality control (QC) workstations,  which directly impact
image presentation at other display devices, maintain the luminance response requirements of
diagnostic monitors; ideally, these should also be calibrated to the DICOM GSDF. There are
advantages to using vendor-neutral phantoms for testing of image quality and evaluation of
patient dose metrics for each modality; this permits comparison  of performance among
equipment from various manufacturers.
TECHNIQUE FACTORS AND IMAGING PROTOCOLS

Technique factors should be established for each imaging procedure and may be unique for each
system. Technique factors (and resulting dose) for the same patient may vary with the
manufacturer and model of the imaging equipment used in order to obtain necessary image
quality. For radiographic examinations, examples include kilovoltage (kV); milliampere (mA);
                                          28

-------
exposure time, if automatic exposure control is not used; and perhaps choice of image receptor.
For mammography, this can include target-filter combination. For CT examinations, these
include kV, mA, rotation time, pitch, selection of a mode in which mA is modulated during the
scan with vendor-specific image quality index, and method of post-acquisition image
reconstruction.

Technique factors may be programmed into the imaging device, or they may be manually
selected.  Technique factors for specific examinations are now commonly stored on the imaging
systems as "protocols." The operator typically selects a protocol for the specific examination,
instead of manually selecting the individual technique factors, although these may need to be
adjusted for the individual patient. Technique factors and protocols should be chosen that
produce a clinically-adequate image at an optimized dose to the patient, not an ideal image.
Technique factors should be adjusted to the thickness of the patient. In the case of pediatric
imaging,  the age of the patient should not be substituted for thickness since thickness does not
necessarily correlate to age

If the review of technique factors and protocols used clinically or the comparison of dose indices
to diagnostic reference levels or  scaled results indicate  that an optimum balance has not been
achieved  between patient dose and image quality, the technique factors, whether posted in a chart
or programmed into the imaging device, and/or selection of image receptor, should be modified
as necessary.
TESTING BY A QUALIFIED MEDICAL PHYSICIST

It is strongly recommended that the technical quality assurance program includes testing by or
under the supervision of a QMP of all imaging equipment producing x-rays. The equipment
should be tested after installation but before first clinical use, annually thereafter (or at intervals
of up to 2 years for intra-oral and panoramic dental radiography equipment and up to 3 years for
veterinary equipment), or less frequently for DoD facilities if justified by unique mission
requirements. After any repair or modification that may affect patient dose or image quality,
testing should be performed by or under the supervision of a QMP. The testing, including a
summary of methods, instruments used, measurements and deficiencies identified, should be
documented in a written report signed by the QMP. The testing should include the items in Table
1 below:
                                           29

-------
         Table 1. Testing Frequency of Imaging Equipment that Produces X-Rays
TASK
Perform an acceptance test
Measure radiation output parameters, including
beam intensity and beam quality
Test modes of operation used clinically, such as
automatic control systems (e.g., automatic
exposure controls of radiograph! c systems,
automatic exposure rate controls of fluoroscopy
systems.)
Assess image quality
Verify accuracy of displayed dose metrics (e.g.,
Detector Exposure Index) (b)
Assess the typical patient dose metrics
delivered for various examinations and
compare to diagnostic reference levels
Review the overall technical quality control
program (d)
Review all acquisition protocols (d)
INITIAL
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
AFTER
MODIFICATION
OR REPAIR (a)
X(c)
X
X
X
X
X


ANNUAL

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
(a) Testing following repairs or modifications may be limited to features and parameters that
would be affected by the repairs or modification.
(b) Determine accuracy of displayed dose indices (e.g., for radiography, according to AAPM
TGI 16 methodology (AAPM 2009)) and manufacturer's recommendations if available.
(c) Relevant acceptance tests should be performed when major repairs (e.g., new x-ray tube)
are performed.
(d) The review should be performed together by a Radiological Medical Practitioner,
technologist and QMP. Staggering annual reviews throughout the year should be considered to
maintain momentum without impacting schedules.
The QMP may be assisted by other properly trained persons (e.g., the manufacturer's service
representative or facility's biomedical service representative) in obtaining test data for
performance monitoring. These persons should be trained by the QMP in the techniques for
performing the tests, the function and limitations of the imaging equipment and test instruments,
the reasons for the tests and the importance of the test results. The QMP should be present at the
facility for the initial and annual testing. Exceptions to this can be made in extreme
circumstances, such as facilities in other countries or on military vessels. In the latter case, the
QMP should promptly review, interpret, and approve all data measurements and test results.
EQUIPMENT FAILURE

When x-ray imaging equipment fails to meet its performance specifications, a decision must be
made regarding the severity of the deficiency in order to determine the time frame in which
                                           30

-------
repairs must be made. Most minor deficiencies should be corrected within 30 days. If the
deficiency can have significant impact on diagnosis or patient or operator safety, the equipment
should be removed from clinical use until repairs are made and verified. After correction of
significant deficiencies the equipment should be tested, by or under the supervision of a QMP, to
verify that the deficiency was corrected and that the correction did not cause other deficiencies.
The QMP is the final arbiter of whether the equipment should be removed from service or safely
returned to clinical use. It is best that verification testing occur while the service technician is
present, so that the technician can promptly perform adjustments or repairs to address
deficiencies  revealed by the QMP's testing and the QMP can then confirm their adequacy.
However, if an x-ray imaging system is in a remote location, it may not be feasible for the QMP
to test the system before it is returned to clinical service. An acceptable alternative for remote
locations is to have a person trained by the QMP perform the QMP's verification tests and submit
them to the QMP for review, interpretation and approval. Records should be made of the
deficiency, its severity and its correction. These records should be kept in accordance with the
organization's record keeping policy.
DOSIMETRY

Patient dose indices should be available for review. They should be obtained from patient
examinations or measured by or under the supervision of a QMP, using clinical protocols. As
dose metrics change over time, agency  recommendations for specific metrics may change. As of
2014, for radiography, entrance skin exposures for common projections should be measured and
recorded for a patient of typical thickness. For CT, computed tomography dose index (CTDI),
and dose length product (DLP) measurements for common examinations should be recorded for
a patient of typical thickness. The fluoroscopic dose rate for a standard patient thickness should
be measured and recorded for each fluoroscopic mode of operation that is used clinically. For
fluoroscopy systems that display patient dose indices (e.g., cumulative air kerma or dose-area
product), the accuracy should be measured and recorded. At facilities where pediatric patients
are imaged, dosimetry data for radiography, CT and fluoroscopy should be measured and
recorded for small, average and large patient thicknesses.
DIAGNOSTIC REFERENCE LEVELS AND ACHIEVABLE DOSES

For each type of examination there exists, within available technology and for each specific
imaging device, a combination of technique factors to produce adequate images at optimized
doses. Hence, it is important to evaluate each system's performance to determine whether dose is
optimized and to maintain this by establishing appropriate procedures and conducting periodic
monitoring (NCRP 2012). Dose optimization is a process, not a final end point.

Diagnostic reference levels (DRLs) and achievable doses (ADs) are values used as quality
assurance and quality improvement tools to help optimize radiation dose (NCRP 2012). Quality
improvement uses quantitative and qualitative methods to improve the safety, effectiveness and
efficiency of health care delivery processes and systems.
                                           31

-------
DRLs were first introduced in the 1990s (ICRP 2003; Wall and Shrimpton 1998). DRLs are used
to help avoid radiation dose to the patient that does not contribute to the medical imaging task
(ICRP 2003). They are intended to provide guidance on what is achievable with current good
practice rather than optimum performance, and help identify unusually high radiation doses or
exposure levels (ACR-AAPM 2013b; IAEA 1996). DRLs are a guide to good practice, but are
neither dose limits nor thresholds that define competent performance of the operator or the
equipment (Vafio and Gonzalez 2001). For assessments where the dose metric is determined
using a phantom, a value above the DRL requires investigation. On the other hand, for
interventional procedures, if the mean dose metric for a number of cases of a procedure exceeds
the DRL, it does not always mean that the procedure has been performed improperly.
Furthermore, a mean dose metric for a procedure that is less than the DRL does not guarantee
that the procedure is being performed optimally (Vafio and Gonzalez 2001).

A DRL is derived from dosimetric data  for a well-defined patient, the 'standard' patient. The
value is based on exposure to a standard plastic phantom or a 'standard' adult patient (typically
weighing 75-85 kg) for a specific procedure, measured at a number of representative clinical
facilities. DRLs are set at approximately the 75th percentile (third quartile) of these measured
data (ACR-AAPM 2013b; Gray et al. 2005; McCollough et al. 2011). It is important, however, to
emphasize that, with good technique, practicable levels of exposure for most patients will be
below these levels.

The use of DRLs is supported by national and international advisory bodies (Amis et al. 2007;
ICRP 2000a). These and other organizations have provided guidelines on measuring radiation
dose metrics and setting DRLs (IAEA 1996; ICRP  199la; ICRP 1996; ICRP 2007b; Wall and
Shrimpton 1998). DRLs can be specific to the country or region, and may be derived from
multinational, national or local data (ICRP 2003; ICRP 2007a). As of 2014, U.S. DRLs for many
examinations are available (ACR-AAPM 2013b; NCRP 2012). In order to generate national
DRLs for the U.S., institutions where these procedures are performed should submit radiation
dose metrics to a central dose registry.

ADs are an adjunct to DRLs. ADs are set at approximately the median (50th percentile) of the
dose distribution (ACR-AAPM 2013b; NCRP 2012). This means that half of the facilities are
operating below this level, so presumably the local facility can achieve these dose levels as well.
ADs are a target, and can be used in conjunction with DRLs as a guide to gauge the success of
optimization efforts.

Each institution or individual  practitioner should use DRLs and ADs as quality improvement
tools by collecting and assessing radiation dose data. Standard phantoms are used where the
procedure is standardized (e.g., chest radiograph or head CT). Patient dose metric data are
collected if the procedure is individualized for each patient (such as fluoroscopically guided
interventions) and should be collected for standardized procedures as well. The mean radiation
dose for the examination is then compared to  the DRL and the AD for that examination (ICRP
2003). If the mean radiation dose at the  facility exceeds the DRL, equipment and clinical
practices should be investigated in order to reduce radiation doses (NRPB 1990; Wall 2001).
Equipment function should be investigated first, followed by review of the clinical protocol
(Vafio and Gonzalez 2001). Whenever the radiation dose or examination protocol is changed,
                                          32

-------
image quality should be evaluated. Investigations are also appropriate where local values are
substantially below the DRLs, as excessively low doses may be associated with poor image
quality (Baiter et al. 2008; IAEA 2009). Operator performance should be assessed if no other
cause is found. The development of DRLs and ADs requires consideration of the technique
factors which most affect patient exposure.

The Nationwide Evaluation of X-ray Trends (NEXT) is a program conducted by the FDA in
conjunction with the States and the Conference of Radiation Control Program Directors
(CRCPD) (FDA 2010a). The NEXT data provide a profile of aspects of medical and dental
imaging using ionizing radiation in the United States at the time of survey. These data provide a
window into clinical practice because they reflect the myriad of combinations of imaging
equipment, technique factors and the skill of equipment operators. Therefore, regardless of the
specific details of technique or combinations of all these factors, the frequency distributions of
dose derived from the NEXT data were assumed to be sufficiently representative of the complex
interaction of Referring Medical Practitioner preference, Radiological Medical Practitioner
preference, operator technique, and x-ray equipment performance for each of the selected
standard examinations. Thus, NEXT data, when available and current, serve as a useful source
for the development of national DRLs and ADs in the U.S. (ACR-AAPM 2013b; NCRP 2012).

It is expected that U.S. DRLs will decrease over time as outlier institutions improve their
equipment and practices. In the United Kingdom, DRLs derived from data in the 2000 review
were approximately 20% lower than those derived from data in the 1995 review, and
approximately half those determined in the mid-1980s (Hart et al. 2009).

It is desirable to compare dose metrics from as many types of examinations as is practical with
DRLs and ADs. In the absence of national reference levels, agencies and individual healthcare
facilities should use interim reference levels. Sources of these may be reference levels from other
countries or unions of countries (e.g., the European Union), multi-institutional studies
(Hausleiter et al. 2009; Miller et al. 2012b; Miller et al. 2009), or other sources, such as dose
information from reputable institutions.
Interventional Procedures

The ICRP considers DRLs a useful tool to help optimize patient radiation dose in
fluoroscopically guided interventional (FGI) procedures (ICRP 2007b). As of 2014, some studies
have presented DRLs for cardiac procedures (Baiter et al. 2008; D'Helft et al. 2009; Miller et al.
2012b; Neofotistou et al. 2003; Peterzol et al. 2005) and a limited number of interventional
radiology procedures (Aroua et al. 2007; Brambilla et al. 2004; Hart et al. 2009; Miller et al.
2009; Tsalafoutas et al. 2006; Vano et al.  2008a; Vano et al. 2009; Vano et al. 2008b; Verdun et
al. 2005). Unfortunately, the observed distributions of patient doses for most types of FGI
procedures are very wide, because the dose for each instance of a procedure is strongly
dependent on each individual patient's clinical circumstances. The same  considerations apply to
CT-guided interventions. A potential approach is to include the 'complexity' of the procedure in
the analysis (Baiter et al. 2008; IAEA 2009; ICRP 2007b). As of 2014, complexity cannot be
quantified (with the exception of some interventional cardiology procedures), so this adjustment
                                           33

-------
is not possible for most FGI procedures (Baiter et al. 2008; IAEA 2009). Because of the high
individual variability of patient dose in cases of FGI procedures, the number of cases
recommended in the literature as sufficient to provide adequate radiation dose data for a single
facility varies from 10 to >50 (Vano et al. 2008a; Wall and Shrimpton 1998).
                                           34

-------
                 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CLINICAL IMAGING

Subsequent sections address radiography, fluoroscopy, CT, and bone densitometry as used in
medical, dental and veterinary practice. Once it has been determined that an x-ray examination is
justified, other factors become important in limiting patient exposure and ensuring quality.
Optimization of patient dose may not be accomplished, even when well-designed equipment is
used, unless appropriate quality assurance programs exist to keep the equipment functioning
properly, appropriate imaging protocols are established for its use, and those who operate it are
properly qualified to use the features of the equipment. These latter considerations are discussed
in the chapter on Technical Quality Assurance in Medical Imaging with X-Rays. It is important
not to confuse image quality with study quality. Image quality might be good as measured by
noise, contrast,  and lack of artifacts, but the study quality may be poor if improperly performed.

All x-ray equipment used for the imaging of humans for medical and dental purposes should be
maintained so that it conforms, throughout its useful lifetime, to applicable FDA regulations
(FDA 2014h). Furthermore, users should be aware of upgrades to software and hardware that
enhance safety. These should be evaluated and considered for implementation. To ensure that x-
ray equipment is justifiably representative of present day technological advances, facilities
should develop and periodically review a planned replacement schedule for all types of
diagnostic and interventional x-ray  equipment used in their programs.

The qualifications of all x-ray imaging equipment operators should be defined by the agency's
responsible authority in a written policy. This policy should be reviewed and revised as required
and should detail:
    1.  who may operate x-ray imaging equipment and the supervision required,
    2.  the education, training and proficiency requirements for x-ray imaging equipment
       operators, and
    3.  requirements for continuing education and demonstration  of proficiency.

Except in emergency situations, informed consent should be obtained from the patient or the
patient's legal representative and appropriately documented prior to the initiation of any
procedure that is likely to expose the patient, or fetus if the patient is pregnant, to significant
risks and potential complications. When obtaining informed consent for image-guided
procedures that are known to be potentially-high radiation dose procedures (as defined in the
glossary), an estimation of the anticipated risks from the radiation dose should be communicated
to the patient as part of the overall discussion of risks (NCRP 2010). When a delay in treatment
would jeopardize the health of a patient and informed consent cannot be obtained from the
patient or the patient's legal representative, an exception to obtaining informed consent is made
(ACR-SIR2011).

Immediately prior to each examination requiring ionizing radiation, staff should verify that
patient identity, intended procedure and positioning, and equipment are  correct. Also, the
technologist should confirm the patient's pregnancy status and, if contrast media is to be used,
that the patient is not allergic to it. Invasive procedures and CT examinations require both pre-
procedure "verification" and "time-out" processes. Those processes should be as specified by
The Joint Commission for invasive  procedures under the Universal Protocol (The Joint
                                           35

-------
Commission 2012a; The Joint Commission 2012b).

Ideally, facilities should be accredited by a deemed body (e.g., ACR, IAC, or TJC) for all
applicable modalities. Accreditation programs evaluate conformance to established standards for
personnel qualifications, adequacy of facility equipment, quality control procedures and quality
assurance programs. While accreditation is a desirable goal, it is not feasible in all federal
facilities.
                                            36

-------
                                 MEDICAL IMAGING
RADIOGRAPHY

General radiography is a service usually provided by a Radiology Department, either in a central
department or satellite facilities. Requests for general radiography services are performed based
on protocols for standard views of each anatomic area, modified, if needed, to suit special
requests or circumstances. Authorized variations to these protocols should be made for patient
age and body habitus. Each medical facility should have a written policy for the safe use of
radiographic equipment. This policy should apply to all radiographic equipment, whether fixed
or portable. This policy should:

    1.  specify required testing of the radiographic equipment by a QMP (or under a QMPs
       guidance for facilities or locations where it is not practicable to provide such staffing),
    2.  specify required training and credentialing of operators and Radiological Medical
       Practitioners directing the operation of radiographic equipment, and
    3.  specify procedures for the safe use of the equipment, including dose management and
       recordkeeping.
Equipment

Radiography can be performed using fixed or mobile radiographic systems. Mobile radiographic
systems are used for bedside radiography. Nearly all fixed radiographic systems have automatic
exposure controls, which terminate each x-ray exposure when the image receptor has received a
pre-determined amount of radiation. As of 2014, mobile radiographic systems typically lack
automatic exposure controls, and so the technique factors for each examination must be manually
set by the technologist. Furthermore, fixed radiographic systems have image receptors whose
anti-scatter grids are set in alignment with the x-ray tube, whereas in mobile radiography the grid
and image receptor must be manually aligned by the technologist. In general, mobile radiography
should only be used when it is not  reasonable to perform the examinations using fixed
radiographic systems.

Beginning in the 1990s, a transition occurred from film-screen (also known as screen-film)
radiography to digital radiography  (radiography using other image receptors). These newer
image receptor technologies include storage phosphor plates and several direct-image-capture
technologies. Radiography in which images are stored on photostimulable phosphor plate
receptors is sometimes called computed radiography (CR). All of these digital radiography
technologies produce digital images that are most  commonly viewed on display monitors,
although the images may also be printed on film using a laser printer, or chemically developed,
then examined on a view box.

With film-screen radiography, there is feedback to the technologist if technique factors result in
an excessive exposure to the patient.  The pertinent measure of the response to radiation exposure
is the optical density of the film. Optical density is a non-linear function of radiation exposure. In
                                           37

-------
film-screen radiography, when imaging a specific projection of a particular patient, only a
narrow range of patient exposures will produce an adequate image. An exposure greater than this
range produces an "overexposed" film with excessive optical density and inadequate image
contrast, and an exposure below this range produces an "underexposed" film with excessively
low optical densities and inadequate image contrast. Thus, provided that an appropriate x-ray
tube voltage is used and the film is properly developed, the choice of film-screen combination
determines the quantity of radiation exposure to a patient of a given size required to provide an
adequate image.

There are advantages and disadvantages to digital image receptors in comparison to film-screen
receptors. Digital receptors respond to radiation nearly linearly over a wide range of exposures.
The statistical noise in the image varies with the exposure, with higher exposures producing
images with relatively less statistical noise. Since digital imaging can accommodate wide dose
ranges while producing diagnostic quality images, exposure indices, indicating the doses to the
image receptors, are now displayed by digital radiography (DR) systems and can guide
optimizing the doses to the patients. Another advantage is that images acquired with overly high
exposures and some of those acquired with overly low exposures may still be useful, thereby
avoiding retakes. An image  acquired with an excessively low exposure will have excessive
statistical noise, but this may not render the image uninterpretable.

There are also disadvantages to digital radiography. Digital image receptors facilitate easily
acquiring multiple images, which may contribute to the acquisition of more images than are
clinically necessary. This makes the automated analysis of repeat examinations critical when DR
is used.  Radiography with storage phosphor plates may require significantly larger patient
exposures, by a factor of 1.5 to 2, than rare-earth phosphor film-screen systems to produce
images of equivalent quality (Compagnone et al. 2006; Seibert and Morin 2011; Seibert et al.
1996). As of 2014, doses when using some direct digital radiography image receptors can be
substantially less than those when using film screen or CR receptors (Compagnone et al. 2006).
Adoption of improvements in CR technology and storage phosphor plates (e.g., new phosphor
materials, dual-side readout, and needle phosphor plates) might result in doses that are
comparable to or lower than those with film-screen imaging (Fernandez et al. 2008; Gruber et al.
2011; Ludewig et al. 2010; Semturs et al. 2012).

In digital radiography, an excessive exposure decreases statistical noise and will likely produce
an image that is of higher quality than needed for the clinical task. Furthermore, it may not be
apparent to either the technologist or the Radiological Medical Practitioner that the exposure was
excessive. Thus, there may be a tendency for technologists to routinely use unnecessarily high
exposures, a phenomenon called "dose creep" or "exposure creep" (Freedman et al. 1993;
Seibert and Morin 2011; Seibert et al. 1996; Willis and Slovis 2005). Excessive exposures are
especially likely when using manually selected technique factors instead of automatic exposure
control.  Examinations made using mobile radiographic machines are particularly susceptible to
excessive or unacceptably low exposures, because most lack automatic exposure control.
Excessive exposures can also occur due to improper calibration of the automatic exposure
control system, the incorrect configuration of protocols or the use of an inappropriate protocol
when automatic exposure control is used. Deliberate use of a protocol that provides an excessive
exposure to avoid retakes or criticisms due to underexposure should be avoided.
                                           38

-------
Other quality issues introduced with advent of digital radiography include the use of post-
exposure masking instead of collimation. Proper radiographic technique mandates collimating
the radiographic field to the area being imaged, in order to avoid irradiating tissue outside the
field. With digital radiography it is possible, after the image is obtained, to electronically mask
structures outside of the area of interest in a manner that mimics collimation. This creates the
mistaken impression that the radiation was confined to the masked area. Also unique to digital
radiography is the ability to discard suboptimal radiographic images electronically in a way that
is not apparent to anyone other than the operator. With both of these issues, there is the potential
for excessive radiation use that is difficult or impossible to detect as part of the quality assurance
process.
Quality Assurance

Quality assurance measures for radiographic imaging using film-screen image receptors are well
established, and are described in the literature (AAPM 2006b; ACR 2011; NCRP 1989b). These
measures include, among others, cleaning of image intensifying screens; establishing technique
charts for exposures; and monitoring film processing, darkroom conditions, film storage, retakes,
inadequate images, view boxes and viewing conditions. Digital radiography retains some of the
quality assurance issues seen with film-screen image receptors, eliminates others, and adds new
ones (AAPM 2005; AAPM 2006a; ICRP 2004).

Storage phosphor image receptor systems and many direct image capture systems provide the
capability to monitor the exposure to the image receptor from each individual imaging exposure
with a quantity termed the exposure indicator. The exposure indicator relates to receptor
exposure, and not directly to patient dose. Initially, each manufacturer of these systems defined,
calculated and named its exposure indicator differently. These proprietary exposure indicators
were not consistent. Some were proportional to the exposure and others were proportional to  the
logarithm of the exposure. Some increased  as the exposure to the image receptor increased and
others decreased as the exposure increased.

A standard indicator of exposure to the image receptor (called the Exposure Index) for adoption
by all manufacturers was developed and published in 2009 and adopted by the International
Electrotechnical Commission (AAPM 2009; IEC 2008). As of 2014, systems are transitioning to
the IEC Exposure Index while also displaying their proprietary indices. Each facility should have
a program for monitoring indices of exposure to image receptors, and work toward adopting the
standard index and DICOM structured dose reporting (LEG 2008) in order that the data can be
exported for internal review and external national  comparisons. It is particularly important to
monitor these indices for radiographic systems that do not provide automatic exposure control
because manual control of technique factors may introduce an additional source of error. Mobile
radiographic equipment typically lacks automatic  exposure control.

Facilities should work with their Radiological Medical Practitioners and QMPs to develop
procedures and establish target Exposure Index values and respective ranges by category of
examination and patient population.
                                           39

-------
Quality assurance measures should be adopted for digital radiography (ACR-AAPM-SIIM
2012a). Table 2 below in the procedures section lists these measures.

It is strongly recommended that radiographic technique factors be established for common
examinations. Either these  should be programmed into the x-ray machine or a technique chart
should be immediately available to the operator. For examinations for which automatic exposure
control is not used, the chart should provide the technique factors for various thicknesses of the
body part being radiographed. Because of the phenomenon of dose creep, the use of appropriate
technique factors is especially important in digital radiography. The technique factors for
imaging protocols should be optimized for the body part, projection, and thickness of the patient.
Although a QMP can assist with this process, protocol optimization also requires the efforts of a
Radiological Medical Practitioner. This process can benefit from the involvement of a
technologist and the vendor, as well. The preset vendor protocols may not be optimal, and as
such, may result in unnecessary radiation dose. The target exposure index for each protocol
should be adjusted as part of the dose optimization process. The target exposure index should
then be used to calibrate the radiographic device's automatic exposure control systems, if
present. It is particularly important to optimize the technique factors for radiographic imaging
protocols performed on infants and children.

Pediatric imaging imposes  additional concerns. It is strongly recommended that particular
attention be paid to dose optimization for pediatric patients (ICRP 2013b). For pediatric patients
the operator should determine the need for an anti-scatter grid (if removable) and patient
immobilization. Collimation should be adjusted appropriately. A manual technique chart (e.g.,
for voltage, tube current, exposure time and added filtration) customized to the radiation source
and detector should be used for those body parts that do not cover the sensor of the automatic
exposure control device. Whether using a manual technique or the automatic exposure control
capabilities of the imaging  device, the technologist should gauge the thickness of the body part to
be imaged since pediatric patients' ages are a poor indicator of their body part thickness
(Kleinmanetal. 2010).
Personnel

Each person who directs the operation or operates radiographic equipment should be trained in
the safe use of radiographic equipment in order to ensure adequate image quality and optimize
patient dose. Sample recommendations on the content of training can be found in ICRP
Publication No. 113 (ICRP 2009). Also see the section on PERFORMING AND SUPERVISING
STUDIES: RADIOLOGICAL MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS AND TECHNOLOGISTS.
Training should be managed and recorded as addressed in the PERFORMING AND
SUPERVISING STUDIES section.
       Radiological Medical Practitioner

Radiographic equipment should be operated under the general supervision of a physician. This
                                          40

-------
individual fulfills the responsibilities of the Radiological Medical Practitioner. Depending on the
study, the responsible individual may be a radiologist, a surgeon, a cardiologist, a
gastroenterologist, a podiatrist or another medical specialist. This individual should be
appropriately trained in the imaging modality, should be familiar with the principles of radiation
protection, and should have a sufficient understanding of the medical imaging modality's
features to determine the appropriate protocol to evaluate the patient's clinical symptoms (ICRP
2009; ICRP 2013a; NCRP 2000; NCRP 2010).
       Technologist

The technologist is responsible for using facility-approved imaging protocols and radiation
protection measures. Technologists should be trained to produce adequate quality radiographic
images and to assist in the quality assurance program. They should also be able to optimize
various technique factors of the x-ray equipment to produce an adequate radiographic image at
the lowest practicable patient dose and to use optimal procedures in working with patients and
ancillary equipment to reduce to a minimum the number of repeat examinations. Operators
should have formal training in anatomy, patient positioning and radiation protection practices.
Performance of x-ray examinations by inadequately trained individuals is not justified except for
emergencies.

       Other personnel

Only personnel with specific, appropriate training should be permitted to operate x-ray
equipment. The use of x-ray  equipment by other individuals is warranted only in an urgent or
emergent situation when qualified personnel as specified above are not available to perform the
examination in a timely fashion.
Procedures

It is strongly recommended that a radiologist provide general supervision in facilities performing
radiography. A board certified radiologist is preferred. Periodic review of the radiographic
images should be performed as part of the routine quality assurance process.

X-ray examinations should be performed in accordance with approved imaging protocols. The
technologist should not perform any examination that has not been requested by an authorized
person.

Collimation restricts the useful beam to the clinical area of interest. Collimation to exclude body
areas not being examined should be used to minimize unnecessary exposure. Masking portions
of a digital image is not a substitute for collimation.

If it does not interfere with the examination (e.g., obscure the anatomy of interest or interfere
with automatic exposure control), contact or shadow shielding, using aprons or other shields,
should be employed to shield those parts of the patient that are particularly radiosensitive and are
                                           41

-------
within the primary beam. Gonadal shielding should be used whenever the gonads are in the
irradiated field, the patient is or will be capable of reproduction, and the shielding will not
interfere with the examination. It is strongly recommended that breast shielding be used for
scoliosis examinations on girls and young women. All shields should be placed between the x-
ray source and the tissue to be shielded. When shielding is used, an automatic exposure control
sensor should be selected that is not within the shadow of the shield, or manual exposure control
should be used. Sometimes positioning can be used in lieu of shielding to reduce radiation dose
to sensitive tissues (e.g., PA positioning can reduce dose to the thyroid and breast) (ACR-SPR
2009).

A written outline containing the minimum number of views to be obtained and the type of
equipment to be used for each requested examination should be made available to each
Radiological Medical Practitioner and equipment operator in every radiology facility. Beyond
the specified minimum views, the examination should be individualized according to a patient's
needs.

The outline of policies and procedures should indicate who may authorize deviations from the
standard set of views for any examination. Every effort should be made to reduce to a minimum
the number of standard views for any examination. The necessity of additional views, such as
comparison views, should be determined by the Radiological Medical Practitioner.

A periodic review of all standard examination procedures and their associated radiation exposure
estimates should be performed to determine if the established routine is achieving the objectives
and whether modifications are warranted. Continuation of a standardized examination procedure
should be predicated on satisfying the following criteria:
    1. the efficacy of the examination is sufficiently high to assure that the diagnosis could  not
      have been made with less risk by  other non-radiological means or a smaller number of
      views,
    2. for examinations performed with  multiple projections (views), all projections are
      necessary and are sufficient for diagnosis, and
    3. the yield or outcome of the examinations offsets the radiation exposure delivered.

A periodic review should be performed at least annually by experts designated by departmental
leadership, and with the input of referring physicians. These reviews should consider applicable
regulations as well as the consensus and advice of professional societies concerning the efficacy
of radiologic examinations.

Other quality assurance measures are listed in Table 2 below. The specifics of these measures
may change over time. The user should consult the relevant AAPM testing protocols and the
manufacturers' recommendations.
                                           42

-------
Table 2. Quality Assurance Measures for Film and Digital Radiography
Film-Screen Radiography
Task
QMP testing
Processor Monitoring
Darkroom Cleaning
Processor Preventive
Maintenance
Screen Cleaning
Repeat Analysis
Testing of removable
anti-scatter grids
View box performance
and cleaning
Darkroom Fog
Film-Screen Contact
Test
Review Local
Radiation Protection
and Quality Control
Operating Instructions
Frequency
See Table 1
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
Annually
Annually
Annually and
after bulb or
filter change
Annually
Annually
Methodology
See section on Technical Quality Assurance in Medical
Imaging with X-Rays.
Clean crossover racks and perform densitometry test.
Check for dust, clutter, etc.
Perform deep cleaning and evaluate darkroom chemicals as
recommended by the manufacturer.
Clean all screens in inventory according to manufacturer's
recommendations
Track the rate of repeated or rejected images and ensure it
is less than or equal to 7% (NCRP 1988). Trends indicating
deterioration in performance or increase in patient dose
should be investigated.
Image grids for damage that might cause artifacts.
Assess luminance with calibrated photometer, replace bulbs
if indicated, and clean view box if dirty. Follow additional
standards for mammography (ACR 1999).
Lightly expose a film (image a step wedge at 70 kVp,
5 mAs). In the darkroom with safelight on, cover half the
latent image with an opaque material for at least 2 minutes
then develop the film. A visible line between the two parts
of the image indicates a darkroom fog problem.
Follow film-screen contact test tool instructions.
Revise as needed.
43

-------
Computed Radiography
Task
QMP testing
Image Plate Erasure
Operator Console
Quality Control
Phantom Image
Acquisition
Transmit Phantom
Image to Interpreting
Medical Treatment
Facility
Detector Exposure
Index Monitoring
Repeat Analysis
Image Plate Cleaning
Testing of removable
anti-scatter grids
Review Local
Radiation Protection
and Quality Control
Operating Instructions
Frequency
See Table 1
Weekly or
daily if unsure
of status
At least
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly or
quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Annually
Annually
Methodology
See section on Technical Quality Assurance in Medical
Imaging with X-Rays. Testing should be consistent with
current professional organization recommendations, e.g.,
AAPM (AAPM 2006a).
Perform primary erasure of each plate following
manufacturer's instructions. This should be performed
before use if the status of the plate is unknown or fogging is
anticipated. Plates in storage do not require erasing until
just prior to use (AAPM 2006a).
View and evaluate QC pattern (AAPM 2005), clean display
monitors.
Follow manufacturer's and/or QMP's recommendations.
For Teleradiology Sites Only: after acquisition of QC
image, transmit to interpreting facility for verification of
image quality.
Review exposure indicators according to AAPM TGI 16
methodology (AAPM 2009) and/or manufacturer
instructions and compare with guidance levels.
Track the rate of repeated or rejected images and ensure it
is less than or equal to 7% (NCRP 1988). Trends indicating
deterioration in performance or increase in patient dose
should be investigated.
Follow manufacturer's recommendations for proper
cleaning technique using approved cleaning solution and
proper safety precautions.
Image grids for damage that might cause artifacts.
Revise as needed.
44

-------
Direct Digital Radiography
Task
QMP testing
Operator Console
Quality Control
Phantom Image
Acquisition
Transmit Phantom
Image to Interpreting
Medical Treatment
Facility
Detector Exposure
Index Monitoring
Repeat Analysis
Testing of removable
anti-scatter grids
Review Local
Radiation Protection
and Quality Control
Operating Instructions
Frequency
See Table 1
At least
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly or
Quarterly
Quarterly
Annually
Annually
Methodology
See section on Technical Quality Assurance in Medical
Imaging with X-Rays.
View and evaluate QC pattern using a recognized method,
e.g., AAPM On-Line Report No. 03 (AAPM 2005); clean
display monitors.
Follow manufacturer's and/or QMP's recommendations.
For Teleradiology Sites Only: after acquisition of QC
image, transmit to interpreting Medical Treatment Facility
for verification of image quality.
Review exposure indicators according to AAPM TGI 16
methodology (AAPM 2009) and/or manufacturer's
instructions and compare with guidance levels.
Track the rate of repeated or rejected images and ensure it
is less than or equal to 7% (NCRP 1988).
Image grids for damage that might cause artifacts.
Revise as needed.
Interpretation and QC Display Monitors
Task
User task: visual
assessment using QC
test pattern
Display monitor
cleaning
QMP, technologist
tasks: display system
performance
QMP tasks: display
system calibration
verification
Frequency
Daily
Monthly as
needed
Monthly or
Quarterly
Initially and
Annually
Methodology
AAPM TG-18 Online Report 3, table 8a or equivalent
(AAPM 2005)
Clean display monitors with cleaner approved by
manufacturer
AAPM TG-18 Online Report 3, table 8b or equivalent
(AAPM 2005)
AAPM TG-18 Online Report 3, table 8c, or equivalent
(AAPM 2005)
Other External Equipment
Task
Printer quality control
Digitizer quality
control
Frequency and Methodology
Follow manufacturer's recommendations
Follow manufacturer's recommendations
45

-------
Hand-Held Units

As of 2014, hand-held, battery-powered x-ray devices are available for radiographic imaging.
Please see dental section on HAND-HELD UNITS for guidance on these units.
FLUOROSCOPY

Fluoroscopy may be employed by a variety of clinical services in a medical facility to image
patients and to guide procedures.  It can be performed with fixed, mobile or portable fluoroscopy
systems. Some fluoroscopically guided procedures can deliver a large radiation dose to the
patient, even when performed properly. When justifying these procedures, consideration also
should be given to the radiation burden of associated pre- and post-procedure imaging studies
(Thakor et al. 2011; White and Macdonald 2010).

Some prolonged fluoroscopically guided procedures may result in patient radiation injury,
including non-healing skin ulcers, and other tissue injuries (Baiter et al. 2010; FDA 1994;  ICRP
2011; ICRP 2013a; Koenig et al. 2001a; NCRP 2010). Because staff must remain with the
patient in the procedure room during interventional fluoroscopy, their occupational radiation
doses might approach occupational dose limits. Each medical facility should have a written
policy for the safe use of fluoroscopic equipment. This policy should apply to all fluoroscopy
equipment, whether fixed, mobile or portable, e.g., mobile C-arm systems and mini C-arm
systems. This policy should:
    1.  require testing of the fluoroscopic equipment by or under the direction of a QMP,
    2.  require training and privileging of persons operating or directing the operation of
       fluoroscopic equipment,
    3.  specify procedures for the safe use of the  equipment, including dose management and
       recordkeeping,
    4.  require a clinical QA/QI program for fluoroscopy, and
    5.  specify levels of dose metrics and required methods for clinical follow-up of patients who
       may have received high skin doses.

Although the aggregate population effective dose is larger from the use of general purpose
diagnostic equipment and CT (NCRP 2009), the highest organ doses (especially skin doses) to
individuals, other than in radiation oncology, generally result from interventional fluoroscopic
procedures. These procedures may require high exposure rates for long periods of time;  thus, it is
of utmost importance that federal health care facilities give particular attention to fluoroscopic
examinations. Even for simple and low-dose fluoroscopic examinations, proper training is
required to perform the  procedure with the optimal radiation dose. Therefore, x-ray equipment
capability should not exceed the medical mission of the facility, i.e., fluoroscopy should not be
available in facilities where qualified medical personnel are not assigned. Equipment, physicians
and staff should all meet current guidelines of the American College of Radiology Technical
Standard for Management of the Use of Radiation in Fluoroscopic Procedures and its successors
(ACR-AAPM2013a).

Equipment requirements and training requirements for operators differ depending on whether the


                                          46

-------
procedures to be performed will be relatively low dose or potentially high dose (ICRP 2009;
NCRP 2010). Fluoroscopically guided procedures should be classified as potentially high
radiation dose if more than 5% of cases of that procedure result in a cumulative air kerma
exceeding 3 Gy or a kerma-area product (KAP) exceeding 300 Gycm2. Low dose procedures are
below these levels (NCRP 2010).
Equipment

If the medical mission requires fluoroscopy, only image-intensified units (with image intensifies
or flat panel detectors) should be used (ICRP 2010). Since mid-2006, all fluoroscopic equipment
sold in the United States provides a display of cumulative air kerma at a reference point. This
simplifies the process of measuring and recording radiation dose in the medical record.

Some operative procedures, both minimally invasive and open surgical, performed both inside
and outside the operating room, (e.g., hip replacement, transsphenoidal hypophysectomy, some
endoscopic procedures) may require fluoroscopic assistance. In general, these procedures tend to
be relatively low-dose (ICRP 2010). For these procedures, to the fullest extent practicable, only
equipment with features such as last-image-hold and pulsed fluoroscopy with reduced dose rate
and low pulse rate, or equipment with similar dose-reducing features, should be used. The
advantage of this technology is that the radiation exposure can be reduced compared to
continuous fluoroscopy, while adequate image quality is maintained.

For procedures with a potential for high patient doses (this includes most interventional
radiology, interventional cardiology, interventional neuroradiology and endovascular surgical
procedures), additional requirements apply for both equipment and personnel (Hirshfeld et al.
2004; ICRP 2009; ICRP 2013a; Lipsitz et al. 2000; Miller et al. 2003a; Miller et al. 2003b;
NCRP 2010; Padovani and Quai 2005; Suzuki et al. 2006). Fluoroscopy equipment intended for
these procedures should, at a minimum, be compliant with the version of International
Electrotechnical Commission Standard 60601-2-43 (LEG 2010) applicable to the equipment at
the time of purchase. New fluoroscopic imaging systems should incorporate high heat-loading
tubes, adjustable-rate pulsed fluoroscopy capability, adjustable thicknesses of additional beam
filtration, and automatic exposure control logic to properly manage radiation so as to optimize
patient dose and ensure adequate image quality throughout the procedure. As future systems
incorporate improved methods for both tracking and management of patient dose during
fluoroscopically-guided procedures, purchasers and operators should take advantage of them
when appropriate. The additional cost of dose-reduction technology is justified because the
reduction in both patient and operator radiation dose can be considerable.

Proper patient dose management during fluoroscopically-guided interventions requires
appropriate use of the various features of the fluoroscopic equipment. This will  permit patient
dose to be optimized and staff dose to be minimized. There is extensive literature on this subject
which can be used for guidance (Chambers et al. 2011; ICRP 2010; Koenig et al. 2001a; Koenig
et al. 2001b; Miller et al. 2010a; NCRP 2010; Stecker et al. 2009; Steele et al. 2012). The
configuration and setup of the operational features of the fluoroscope may require additional
changes if pediatric imaging will be performed (Strauss 2006).
                                           47

-------
Measurement or estimation of skin dose is desirable for all procedures which are high dose or
have the potential to result in high patient dose. The quantity of interest is the peak skin dose
(PSD), the highest dose at any point on the patient's skin. This determines the severity of a
radiation-induced skin injury. Ideally, equipment should also provide the operator with a near
real-time indication of skin dose, including PSD in the current radiation field. The operator
would then be able to modify technique during the procedure to minimize skin dose (FDA 1994;
Miller et al. 2002). Skin dose can be measured with special films, an array of thermoluminescent
dosimeters (TLDs), optically stimulated luminescence (OSL) dosimeters or real-time point-
measurement devices (Baiter et al. 2002). Currently, these methods are not commonly used in
routine clinical practice. Ideally, software-based systems that estimate and map skin dose in real
time should be widely available and used routinely.

Cumulative air kerma (cumulative air kerma at the reference point; also called reference air
kerma, reference point dose, reference point air kerma or cumulative dose) is measured in Gy
and displayed automatically on all fluoroscopic equipment in the United States sold after mid-
2006 per 21 CFR 1020.32(k) (FDA 2014e). It is the dose at a pre-defined reference point. This
point is separately defined for different types of fluoroscopic equipment (FDA 2014d; FDA
2014e). For C-arm units, this point is located along the central ray of the x-ray beam, 15 cm from
the isocenter towards the x-ray source (IEC 2010). Cumulative air kerma is not the same as skin
dose. Cumulative air kerma is measured at a point in space that is fixed with respect to the gantry
and can move with respect to the patient when the table is moved or the gantry is angled.
Cumulative air kerma does not take table height or these motions into account. As a result,
cumulative air kerma is usually greater than PSD (LEG 2010; Miller et al. 2003a; Miller et al.
2012a; Weinberg et al. 2013).

Kerma-area product (KAP, also called dose-area product or DAP) is the product of the air kerma
and the area of the irradiated field and is measured in Gycm2. It does not change with  distance
from the x-ray tube. It is a good measure of the total energy  delivered to the patient, and
therefore a good measure  of the risk of stochastic effects. It is not a good indicator of the risk of
tissue reactions (deterministic effects) (Kwon et al. 2011; Miller et al. 2012a; NCRP 2010).

Fluoroscopy time has been the standard dose metric. It is easy to measure and the capability to
measure it is widely available. However, fluoroscopy time does not reflect the effects of
fluoroscopic dose rate or the radiation dose from radiography (e.g., digital subtraction
angiography or cinefluorography) and is a poor indicator of patient dose. As recommended in a
joint Society of Interventional Radiology/Cardiovascular and Interventional Radiological Society
of Europe (SIR/CIRSE) guideline, use of fluoroscopy time as the sole dose  metric is not
advisable, and should not be done unless no other dose metric is available (Stecker et al. 2009).
Even then, the number of images and cine frames  should also be recorded. Procedures  with a
potential for high patient doses should not be performed using fluoroscopy equipment that is not
compliant with IEC 60601-2-43  or its successors (IEC 2010).

For patient care and for quality assurance purposes, it is highly desirable for all radiation data to
be transferred automatically to the picture archiving and communication system (PACS),
radiology information system (RIS), and Electronic Health Record (EHR) as part of the study
                                           48

-------
data (along with images and demographic information) if the fluoroscopy unit is connected to a
PACS. These data should include the peak skin dose, if available; the cumulative air kerma from
both fluoroscopy and from image acquisition, if available; the kerma-area product, if available;
and the cumulative fluoroscopy time and number of images or cine frames recorded (Miller et al.
2012a;NCRP2010).

There are several relatively new technologies as of 2014 (e.g., cone-beam CT, surgical O-arms,)
(ACR-AAPM 2013a; Orth et al. 2008; Wallace et al. 2008). Others will likely appear in future
interventional fluoroscopy equipment.  Some of these technologies are intended to provide
greater technical capability for complex surgical or interventional procedures. Currently, most of
these technologies are designed to enhance the fluoroscopy unit's surgical capability for
procedures performed outside the Radiology Department. Mobile equipment with these
technologies is smaller in size than its conventional fixed counterpart, but it can be just as
dangerous to the operator and patient. Facilities should establish procedures for the testing and
use of these types of equipment, and for the training and credentialing of its operators.
Quality Assurance

Equipment testing for quality assurance should be performed by or under the direction of a QMP
after installation but before first clinical use, annually thereafter, and after each repair or
modification that may affect patient dose or image quality. Testing should be performed as
specified in the section  of this document entitled Technical Quality Assurance in Medical
Imaging with X-Rays.
Personnel

Fluoroscopy can deliver a significant radiation dose to the patient, even when used properly.
Also, fluoroscopy presents the potential for greater radiation dose to the operator as compared
with other imaging modalities. Therefore, all fluoroscopic examinations should be performed by
or under the direct supervision of a physician with demonstrated competence, who has received
training in fluoroscopy and has been privileged by the facility to perform fluoroscopy.

In fluoroscopy, the operator effectively determines,  prescribes and delivers the required x-ray
dose to the patient in real-time. These systems are often used to guide imaging or interventions.
Patient dose is directly related to the complexity of the procedure and inversely related to the
skill of the individual performing the procedure. Individuals who hold privileges to use these
systems, and particularly the high-dose-capable systems used in interventional procedures,
should have a thorough understanding of the biological effects of radiation exposure, the dose
from this radiation exposure  and its likely deterministic and stochastic risks, and of the available
technique and technology based methods for minimizing the radiation dose to any portion of the
patient's tissue during the examination.
                                           49

-------
Every person who operates or directs the operation of fluoroscopic equipment should be trained
in the safe use of fluoroscopic equipment in order to optimize patient dose. Initial training should
include didactic training, hands-on training and clinical operation under a preceptor.

Didactic training is a formal course of instruction in radiation safety which meets guidelines
established by the responsible authority. It should include, but need not be limited to, the
following topics:
    1.  Physics of x-ray production and interaction.
    2.  The technology of fluoroscopy machines, including modes of operation.
    3.  Characteristics of image quality and technical factors affecting image quality in
       fluoroscopy.
    4.  Dosimetric quantities, units, and their use in radiation management.
    5.  The biological effects of radiation.
    6.  Principles of radiation protection in fluoroscopy.
    7.  Applicable federal regulations and agency requirements.
    8.  Techniques for minimizing dose to the patient and staff.

This phase of training should include successfully completing a written examination. Some
Radiological Medical Practitioners may be able to fulfill the didactic portion of the initial
training through training in radiation physics, radiation biology and radiation safety they receive
during their residency or fellowship, but they must be able to demonstrate this knowledge by
completing a written examination successfully.

Hands-on training is conducted by a qualified individual who is familiar with the equipment
(ICRP 2009; ICRP 2013a; NCRP 2010). Hands-on training means operation of the actual
fluoroscope that is to be used clinically (or an essentially similar fluoroscope), including the use
of controls, activation of various modes of operation, and displays. This phase of training could
include demonstrations of the effect of different modes of operation on the dose rate to a
simulated patient and could include demonstration of the dose-rates at various locations in the
vicinity of the fluoroscope.

Clinical operation under a preceptor means operation of the fluoroscope for clinical purposes
under the direct supervision of a preceptor experienced in the operation of the device.
Completion of this phase of training should include written attestation, signed by the preceptor,
that the individual has achieved a level of competency sufficient to function independently as a
fluoroscopy operator.

Training specific to fluoroscopy should be conducted initially and then at periodic intervals.
Records should be kept of both the didactic and hands-on training. The records should include
the date(s) of training, the name(s) of the person(s) providing the training, the topics included in
the training, the duration of the training, the test questions, the names of the persons successfully
completing the training, and the test scores of these persons. The training records should also
include the signed preceptor statements described above. Training need not be performed at or
by the medical facility, provided that the facility determines that it meets these requirements and
was sufficiently recent, and the facility obtains written certification of successful completion of
the training. Periodic refresher training should include the didactic training. At the facility's
                                            50

-------
discretion, it may also include hands-on-operation and clinical operation under a preceptor
physician.

Each person who operates or directs the operation of fluoroscopic equipment should be
privileged in fluoroscopy by the medical facility. Privileging should be contingent upon
successful completion of training as described above. Maintenance of privileges should be
contingent upon successful completion of periodic refresher training and on complying with
agency and facility requirements for the safe use of fluoroscopic equipment. In particular, it is
not permissible for a physician or other medical professional who has not completed this
training, and who is not privileged, to direct the operation of a fluoroscopy unit even if it is
operated by a radiologic technologist.

Operators who perform fluoroscopically-guided procedures with the potential for high patient
doses require additional knowledge and training beyond that necessary for  operators whose
practice is limited to low-dose fluoroscopy procedures (ICRP 2000a; Vano 2003). Operator
knowledge includes all the information described in the current American College of Cardiology
Foundation (ACCF)/ American Heart Association (AHA)/ Heart Rhythm Society (HRS)/ Society
for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions (SCAI) fluoroscopy clinical competence
statement and its successors (Hirshfeld et al. 2004). In general, radiologists and interventional
cardiologists who were trained recently have received most or all of this information as part of
their training, and are tested on this knowledge as part of the board certification processes by
their respective Boards. Physicians in other medical specialties may or may not have received
training or been examined on this subject matter during their residency or fellowship, and they
may require additional training.
Procedures

Fluoroscopic procedures should be performed so that procedure dose is optimized and skin dose
is minimized. This requires the appropriate use of various features of the fluoroscopic
equipment. Further details are available in the published literature (ICRP 2013a; Miller et al.
2010b; NCRP 2010; Sidhu et al. 2009; Stecker et al. 2009; Wagner et al. 2000).

Some interventional fluoroscopy procedures may expose the patient to so much radiation that
they result in patient injury. This typically manifests as skin injury, although it may also involve
deeper structures (Baiter et al. 2010; Koenig et al. 2001a). While the principle of application of
dose limits does not apply to medical imaging, it is still incumbent upon operators to be  aware of
the amount of radiation being used, and to limit it to the extent possible consistent with achieving
the desired clinical result (NCRP 2010). This means that patient radiation dose must be
monitored during the procedure, using one or more of the available dose metrics (see
"Equipment" above). It is common for the operator to concentrate on the clinical requirements of
the interventional procedure and lose awareness of the patient's radiation dose. Designation of
another person (a technologist, nurse or another individual) to monitor dose and  to inform the
operator when certain notification values have been reached can prevent this from occurring.
Suggested notification values are available in the literature (NCRP 2010; Stecker et al. 2009). As
                                           51

-------
patient dose increases, the operator should increase efforts to control radiation use, as long as
these efforts do not jeopardize the clinical result or increase procedure risk.

If the patient's radiation dose reaches a Substantial Radiation Dose Level, as defined in the
literature (ICRP 2013a; NCRP 2010; Stecker et al. 2009), consideration should be given to
consulting another operator or postponing the remainder of the procedure, if clinically
appropriate. However, no procedure should be terminated or postponed exclusively because of
radiation dose if doing so would jeopardize achieving an essential clinical result.

If there is no overlap of the entrance beam ports on the patient's skin during different procedures
that involve substantial doses of ionizing radiation, then each procedure can be considered
separately. However, if a procedure is performed in stages, or a portion is postponed because of
radiation dose concerns, the time course of tissue recovery from radiation damage should be
considered when planning the interval between procedures. Tissue recovery involves both the
repair of sublethal damage in the DNA of viable cells and the replacement of killed cells by
repopulation. DNA repair is essentially complete within 1 day of exposure, but repopulation can
take up to several months (Baiter et al. 2010). In addition, the patient's skin should be examined
before each subsequent procedure.
       Dose estimation

Methods for estimating PSD can be ranked from most reliable to least reliable. Peak skin dose
estimation software is the most reliable, followed by estimation of cumulative air kerma, KAP,
and, finally, fluoroscopy time combined with a count of the number of radiography frames or
images. Dosimeters placed on the skin are useful but can provide underestimates for PSD if
placed outside the area of highest skin dose. This area may be quite small (Miller et al. 2003a).
PSD and KAP are now the most useful predictors for deterministic and stochastic injury,
respectively. Cumulative air kerma is displayed on fluoroscopy units purchased after mid-2006,
but it does not correlate well with PSD in individual cases (Miller et al. 2003a; Miller et al.
2003b; Neil et al. 2010; Weinberg et al. 2013). However, in general, it is an acceptable substitute
for PSD (Miller et al. 2003a; NCRP 2010). Fluoroscopy time alone does not correlate with PSD
(Fletcher et al. 2002). Monitoring fluoroscopy time alone also underestimates the risk of
radiation-induced skin effects (O'Dea et al. 1999).

All statements of patient radiation dose contain some degree of uncertainty. For example, as of
2014, cumulative air kerma displays in fluoroscopes have an allowed calibration accuracy of
±35% (FDA 2014e). Even the most sophisticated dose-measurement instrumentation has
unavoidable uncertainties related to variations in instrument response with changes in beam
energy, dose rate and collimator size. Converting these measurements into skin dose introduces
yet further uncertainties related to beam orientation and inconsistencies in the relationship
between the patient's skin and the interventional reference point. Finally, clinically available
cumulative air kerma and KAP measurements ignore the effect of backscatter from the patient
and, when the x-ray source is below the patient, attenuation by the patient table and pad (Jones
and Pasciak 2011). Backscatter causes the skin dose to exceed air kerma at the same location by
10% to 40%,  depending on the beam area and energy (ICRU 2005). Skin doses estimated from
                                           52

-------
cumulative air kerma, KAP or fluoroscopy time may differ from actual skin dose by a factor of
two or more. Users of dose data should be aware of these uncertainties. Federal facilities should
strongly encourage the purchase of equipment with features that enhance the accuracy and
clinical value of dosimetry systems.
       Recordkeeping

A record should be kept of each fluoroscopic procedure. Whenever possible, this should be
performed electronically, with automatic transfer of the necessary data, as appropriate, from the
fluoroscopy unit to a PACS, RIS and/or EMR (see above, under Equipment and below, under
Medical Imaging Informatics). The record should list the individual fluoroscopy unit, the date of
the procedure, the procedure (e.g., barium enema, iliac artery angioplasty and stent placement),
information identifying the patient, and the name of the physician operating or directing the
operation of the device. The record should also list the cumulative air kerma from both
fluoroscopy and from image acquisition, if available; the kerma-area product, if available; the
cumulative fluoroscopy time and number of images recorded; and other dose metrics as they are
developed.  This record should be maintained according to the requirements of the responsible
authority.

It is strongly recommended that patient radiation dose data be recorded in the patient's medical
record, including patient skin dose data and a skin dose map whenever possible. Where and how
these data are recorded is subject to the policies and procedures of the individual facility.
However, the choice of dose metrics to be recorded should be guided by published
recommendations (ACCF/AHA/SCAI 2011; ICRP 2013a; Miller et al. 2012a; NCRP 2010).

When the dose to one or more areas of a patient's skin may have exceeded a threshold dose for
deterministic effects, the physician performing the procedure should be advised of this event and
should place an appropriate notation in the patient's medical record (ICRP 2013a; NCRP 2010;
Stecker et al. 2009). The information should include information on the beam entry sites and the
estimated skin dose for each, if available. Provisions should be made for clinical follow-up of
those areas for monitoring radiation effects. The possibility of overlap of two separate adjacent
fluoroscopic fields, where skin dose of the overlapping area may have exceeded the threshold
dose, should be taken into account. Ideally, skin dose from radiation therapy and imaging
modalities other than fluoroscopy should also be considered. It is recognized that at the time this
report was prepared, no simple method for measuring or estimating skin dose is widely available.
As a substitute, cumulative air kerma may be used (NCRP 2010; Weinberg et al. 2013).
Threshold values recommended by professional  societies or advisory bodies, such as the ACR,
SIR, ICRP and NCRP, should be consulted (ACR-AAPM 2013a; ICRP 2000a; Stecker et al.
2009).  As of 2014, these threshold values are typically a PSD of 3 Gy or cumulative air kerma of
3-5 Gy (ACR-AAPM 2013a; NCRP 2010).
       Patient management

Management of patients who have received radiation doses that may be high enough to cause
                                          53

-------
deterministic effects should be guided by recommendations from appropriate advisory bodies,
medical specialty societies and other organizations, and by current practice (ACR-AAPM 2013a;
Baiter and Moses 2007; NCRP 2010; Stecker et al. 2009). For these patients, this includes
justifying and documenting the high radiation dose in their medical record, notifying the patient
or their health care proxy (legally authorized representative) of the radiation dose that has been
administered and the likely consequences, and follow-up by the physician who performed the
procedure to determine whether a skin injury has occurred (Baiter et al. 2010; NCRP 2010).

Device related deaths, including those related to radiation dose, must be reported by the device
user facility to the FDA and to the device manufacturer or, if the manufacturer is unknown, to
the FDA in accordance with 21 CFR 803.10 (FDA 2014b). Device-related serious injuries,
including those resulting from radiation, must be reported by the device user facility to the
device manufacturer or, if the manufacturer is unknown, to the FDA. A serious injury is an
injury or illness that is life-threatening, results in permanent impairment of a body function or
permanent damage to a body structure, or necessitates medical or surgical intervention to
preclude permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure.
Permanent means irreversible impairment or damage to a body structure or function, excluding
trivial impairment or damage  (FDA 2014a).

If a patient's skin receives an  absorbed dose that meets The Joint Commission's  definition of a
reviewable sentinel event from a fluoroscopically guided procedure, or a dose likely to result in a
serious injury, the event also should be reported to the Radiation Safety Officer and the facility's
Patient Safety Manager or designee (Baiter and Miller 2007; The Joint Commission 2006).
       Quality process

All QA/QI programs for interventional fluoroscopy should address patient radiation safety. This
includes evaluation of operator performance in dose optimization and of procedures where
patients received a radiation dose that caused a radiation injury.

A review of radiation doses delivered to patients during fluoroscopically guided interventional
procedures is an essential aspect of any performance improvement program. The dose metrics for
all procedures should be reviewed at intervals (quarterly, for example) for their magnitude and
for the dose distribution of these cases. This will provide a picture of dose utilization; any
abnormally high doses can be reviewed for appropriateness. For example, doses can be
compared to available DRLs (Miller et al. 2012b; Miller et al. 2009). Any recommendations and
actions for improvement should then be implemented.

Analysis of overall dosimetric performance for interventional fluoroscopy procedures,
incorporating the effects of equipment function, procedure protocols and operator performance,
requires a different process than the DRLs used for radiography (NCRP 2010; NCRP 2012). It
also requires a more detailed presentation of the reference data set. Reference data for an
interventional fluoroscopy procedure are generated by obtaining data for all instances of that
procedure from a number of different facilities (Baiter et al. 2011; NCRP 2010). These data are
used to generate DRLs. The facility data set includes the data for all instances of the procedure at
                                           54

-------
each facility. This differs from the data set used to generate DRLs for diagnostic examinations,
which typically includes only a single datum from each facility (Baiter et al. 2011).

Radiation doses for interventional fluoroscopy procedures usually demonstrate a lognormal
distribution. The high dose tail is of particular interest, because this tail represents the cases
where doses may be high enough to cause deterministic effects. Because differences between the
shapes of the collected reference data from multiple facilities and the local facility data are
potentially useful, the FGI-procedure reference data sets should characterize the entire
distribution, rather than just the 50th percentile values used for ADs and the 75th percentile values
used typically for DRLs. Also, in order to provide a basis for comparison for facilities that use
locally derived  substantial radiation dose levels (NCRP 2010; Stecker et al. 2009), these data sets
should indicate the percentage of instances of each procedure that exceed specific radiation dose
levels. Ideally, for cumulative air kerma, these percentages should be presented at 0.5 Gy
intervals from 2 Gy to the maximum value observed in the data set (Miller et al. 2012b).

Reference data  and DRLs can be used, to some extent, in a fashion similar to DRLs for
diagnostic examinations, but the lognormal shape of dose distributions for interventional
fluoroscopy procedures mandates that the local median (50th percentile) be used for comparison.
Also, high-dose interventional fluoroscopy cases require further evaluation. It is possible for the
facility's median dose for a procedure to be within an acceptable range (below the 75th percentile
of the reference data) at the same time that there are an excessive number of cases with a
radiation dose greater than the 95th  percentile of the reference data. It is necessary to compare the
percentage of cases at the facility that exceed the local substantial radiation dose level (the
radiation dose level that triggers radiation follow-up) with the percentage of cases in the
reference data that exceed the same level. Local percentages that are markedly above or below
the value obtained from the reference data should be investigated (NCRP 2010).

The following method, using  cumulative air kerma as the radiation dose metric, is suggested as
one method  of evaluating dose utilization for interventional fluoroscopy procedures (NCRP
2010). It is not the  only possible method. Kerma-area product could also be used to evaluate
general dose performance. Kerma-area product can be used in conjunction with cumulative air
kerma to evaluate operator performance with respect to collimation. However, it does not
provide an unambiguous identification of the cases where a very high skin dose may result in
deterministic effects.

An appropriate  published reference data set for the selected procedure (the reference data) is
used as the starting point, although  published reference data for FGI procedures are sparse as of
2014 (Baiter et  al. 2008; Bleeser et al. 2008;  Brambilla et al. 2004; IAEA 2009; Miller et al.
2012b; Miller et al. 2009; Vano et al. 2008a;  Vano et al. 2009).

A facility should judge its dose performance  for interventional fluoroscopy procedures in  several
steps.
   1.  The first step is to compare  the local substantial radiation dose level to the reference data.
       The facility's local substantial radiation dose level is either a value taken from the
       literature (ACR-AAPM 2013a; Mahesh 2008; Stecker et al. 2009) or a locally determined
                                            55

-------
       value. The percentage of procedures in the reference data set that exceed this value can
       now be determined.
   2.  The next step is to characterize the dose distribution for all instances of a specific
       procedure performed at the facility. Evaluation of subsets of these data sorted by
       procedure room and operator can be useful as well, as discussed below. The percentage
       of instances exceeding the local substantial radiation dose level, and the median value of
       the  entire local data set (and  appropriate subsets) is calculated.
   3.  The local median can be compared with the 10th, 50th (median) and 75th percentiles of the
       reference data. A median value below the 10th percentile of the reference data may
       indicate incomplete procedures. A median value between the 50th and 75th percentile of
       the  reference data could be due to clinical differences between the reference data
       population and the local facility population or other factors. Understanding the relevant
       reasons may be useful. An investigation is warranted if the local median exceeds the 75th
       percentile of the  reference data (IAEA 2009; NCRP 2010). This step is analogous to the
       analysis performed using DRLs for radiographic examinations. For facilities where
       pediatric patients are imaged, this analysis should be performed on patients with similar
       body part thicknesses.

The percentage of instances exceeding the local substantial radiation dose level can be compared
to the percentage of instances exceeding the substantial radiation dose level in the reference data.
Local percentages significantly above or below the value obtained from the reference data should
be investigated.

It can be useful to perform the same analysis using a cumulative air kerma value of 3 Gy as well
as the local substantial radiation dose level. An interventional fluoroscopy procedure is in the
potentially-high radiation dose category if more than 5% of instances of that procedure exceed a
cumulative air kerma of 3 Gy (NCRP 2010). If fewer than  5% of the instances of the procedure
at the local facility exceed this value, then the procedure, as performed at the local facility, is not
in that category. At that  local  facility, the procedure may be performed safely in a fluoroscopy
suite that does not meet the requirements of IEC 60601-2-43 (IEC 2010). Also, those procedures
at the local facility that are not in the potentially-high radiation dose category may be audited
less frequently than those that are in that category.

Lastly, the  overall distribution of the local data may be compared to the distribution of the
reference data. Displacement  or distortion of the local distribution histogram relative to the
reference data may be due to differences in equipment, clinical complexity or other factors.

The analysis may be extended to individual  operators or interventional fluoroscopy procedure
rooms by comparing operator- or room-specific data to either a facility's local distributions or to
pooled distributions of data for multiple facilities (Miller et al. 2009). Care should be taken in
such an analysis to account for statistical  interactions (e.g., statistical confounding between the
operator and the interventional fluoroscopy procedure room).

Procedures resulting in a substantial patient radiation dose  should be reviewed on a regular basis
as part of the institution's formal QA process, but not necessarily on a case-by-case basis.
Reported radiation injuries should be reviewed on a case-by-case basis at the regular QA
                                            56

-------
meeting, with any available diagnoses, planned patient follow-up, and outcomes. If a radiation
injury occurred, the procedure should be reviewed for appropriate use of radiation in the clinical
context. It may be appropriate to periodically re-report on the status of known radiation injuries.
Additionally, reporting of these cases to the institution's Radiation Safety Officer is desirable.
       Staff safety

Current regulations and guidelines for occupational radiation protection in fluoroscopy should be
followed (Duran et al. 2013; Miller et al. 2010a; OSHA 2014a). Other than the patient who is
being examined, only staff and ancillary personnel required for the procedure, or those in
training, should be in the room during the fluoroscopic examination. For routine diagnostic
fluoroscopic examinations, caregivers (guardians, spouses, parents) necessary for patient well-
being may be permitted in the examination room. No body part of any staffer ancillary
personnel involved in a fluoroscopic examination should be in the primary beam (Miller et al.
201 Ob). If primary beam exposure is unavoidable, it should be minimized. As required by
various states, all personnel in the room during fluoroscopic  procedures should be protected from
scatter radiation by either protective aprons or whole-body shields of not less than 0.25 mm of
lead-equivalent material. An apron with lead equivalence of at least 0.35 mm is recommended.
The thyroid should be protected if the potential exposure to the worker will exceed 25% of the
annual regulatory dose limits. It is strongly recommended that protective aprons, thyroid collars
and gloves be evaluated at least annually for radiation protection integrity (Miller et al. 2010b;
NCRP 2010).

Due to the risk of radiation-induced cataract formation (Ciraj-Bjelac et al. 2010; ICRP 2010;
Vano et al. 2013), the staff exposed to radiation during fluoroscopically-guided interventional
procedures should be appropriately protected from radiation. When the x-ray beam is activated,
they should be behind a ceiling-suspended (or floor-mounted) shield or else should protect their
eyes (NCRP 2010). All protective eyewear should have the correct optical prescription, fit
properly, and have side shields or be of a wraparound design. In any event, the eyes must be
protected to keep the lens dose less than current regulatory limits and should also be protected to
keep the lens dose less than the ICRP dose recommendations (ICRP 2011). As appropriate,
protective eyewear should also be made available to individuals who perform other non-
interventional fluoroscopic procedures.

Pregnant individuals involved in fluoroscopically guided procedures generally do not need to
limit their time in the procedure room to remain below the dose limit for the embryo and fetus, as
long as they use appropriate protective garments and radiation protection methods, and their
occupational exposure is adequately monitored (NCRP 2010). The shielding provided by a single
protective apron is sufficient to protect the embryo and fetus for typical exposure to staff
involved in interventional procedures (NCRP 2010). A wraparound apron will provide protection
from radiation exposure from the side or back of the individual.
                                           57

-------
COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY

CT is an imaging modality that utilizes one or more x-ray beams to acquire projection images
from many angles around the patient. The projection images are mathematically manipulated to
obtain tomographic images that depict x-ray attenuation in a two dimensional cross section or
projection, or three dimensional representation of the subject's anatomy.

CT was introduced in the mid-1970s. There have been important technological advances that
have greatly increased the clinical usefulness of CT imaging. However, some of these
improvements have also led to increased use of CT, imaging of larger volumes of the body, and
acquiring an increased number of image sequences either during the various phases of tissue
enhancement following contrast injection or to dynamically evaluate areas affected by motion.
Modern CT systems are powerful diagnostic tools that are invaluable for patient management
and allow the elimination of more dangerous invasive procedures, such as exploratory surgery.
But with this great benefit has come a price: there has been an increase in radiation dose to the
population, as well as to the individual patient.

In the U.S., the number of CT procedures performed annually increased by 10% to 11% per year
from 1993 to 2006 (NCRP 2009), but the growth rate has flattened in the last several years
(Levin et al.  2012a; Levin et al. 2012b). Although CT procedures comprise only about 17 % of
all medical x-ray imaging procedures, they now impart about 49% of the cumulative effective
dose from medical procedures received by the population of the U.S. (Mettler et al. 2008; NCRP
2009). As reported in 2008,  a typical single CT imaging procedure of the chest, abdomen or
pelvis of an adult imparted an effective dose on the order of 3-7 mSv (McCollough 2008; Mettler
et al. 2008). These values are for single-phase examinations and the effective doses for multiple
phase examinations are  correspondingly larger. As of 2014, advances in technology permit these
exams to be performed with substantially lower patient doses, if appropriate protocols are used.
Patient dose varies according to the body part  examined and  institutional protocol. Certain CT
examinations impart some of the largest patient doses per procedure in diagnostic medical
imaging. Except in the circumstance of improperly-performed examinations resulting in
extremely high patient doses, CT studies will not cause deterministic effects such as erythema or
epilation (hair loss). Instead, the main concern is stochastic effects, particularly cancer.  The risk
to the patient is determined mainly by the doses to organs in  or near the scanned portion of the
patient, the age and gender of the patient, and the likely remaining lifespan of the patient (Linet
etal. 2012).

In 2001, it was reported that standard adult technique factors were commonly used for CT
imaging of patients in the U.S. regardless of body habitus, including children and even infants
(Brenner et al. 2001; Paterson et al. 2001).  If adult technique factors are used for imaging the
abdomen or thorax of a  small child or infant, the larger doses (up to 3 times greater than an adult
dose) (Strauss et al. 2009), together with the larger risk of cancer per unit dose is estimated to
pose a risk of fatal cancer on the order of one per thousand examinations (Brenner et al. 2001).
Therefore, it is essential to optimize dose when imaging children (FDA 2001). Of the many
methods for adjusting CT techniques for children, perhaps the simplest and most widely used
techniques utilizes the Broselow method familiar to clinical providers as a way to estimate
weight, drug dosing and equipment sizing for children. Many sites have developed specific CT
                                           58

-------
protocols that adjust the kVp and mAs based on the approximate size of a child matching each
Broselow color scheme category. Professional societies provide excellent guidance on imaging,
such as the "Image Gently" campaign (Goske et al. 2008; Strauss et al. 2010).

Many advances in CT technique and technology have specifically targeted reduction of the
radiation dose delivered to the patient during CT examinations. To be effective, these techniques
must be used, and used properly. It is imperative that Radiological Medical Practitioners,
physicists and technologists involved in CT imaging keep abreast of current developments and
utilize all techniques available to them to reduce the patient's radiation exposure as much as
possible while obtaining the clinically needed information.
Equipment

Technological developments in image reconstruction, increases in computer processor power,
equipment innovation (e.g., automated tube current modulation), and optimization techniques
now make it possible to obtain diagnostic quality images at markedly lower patient doses than
was possible with previous CT scanners (Haaga et al. 1981; Jakobs et al. 2002; Kalender et al.
1999a; Kalender et al. 1999b; Kalra et al.  2004; McCollough et al. 2006; Yu et al. 2011; Yu et al.
2010). These improvements should be implemented to the fullest extent practicable.

Several phantom-derived dose indices specific to CT have been defined; these are described in
the literature (McNitt-Gray 2002).  Two indices in common use are the volumetric computed
tomography dose index (CTDIvoi),  which  is approximately the  average dose in the scanned
volume of a standard phantom, and the dose-length product (DLP), defined as the CTDIvoi
multiplied by the scanned length. These indices indicate the radiation exposure delivered by the
CT scanner to a phantom, not the specific radiation energy (i.e., dose) received by any patient
(AAPM 201 Ib). Both of these measures may be available from current CT scanners, and future
devices may incorporate more accurate and useful dose metrics. The DLP and the portion of the
patient that is scanned (e.g., head, thorax, or abdomen) may be used to estimate the effective
dose to a patient whose body size and attenuation are similar to that of the standard phantom
(ICRP 2000b). Effective dose is an indicator of stochastic risk. A method has been developed to
calculate size-specific dose estimates (SSDE) that adjusts the CTDIvoi for the body size of the
patient being scanned (AAPM 201  Ib). Organ-based doses can be estimated by a medical
physicist using manual techniques  or via electronic information systems (ICRP 2007a).
Appropriate CT dose indices should be recorded as part of the  patient record in the imaging
report or medical record and for QA purposes.

The dose of radiation to a patient, in conjunction with the attenuation provided by the part of the
patient that is scanned and the presence or absence of radiograph!c contrast material, determines
the signal-to-noise ratio in the resultant images. The signal-to-noise ratio needed for diagnostic
confidence depends upon the diagnostic task. Smaller and thinner patients require smaller doses
than larger and thicker patients to produce similar signal-to-noise ratios in the images. However,
CT examinations of infants and small children may require larger signal to noise ratios than are
required for larger patients (Kalra et al. 2004; McCollough et al. 2006; Wilting et al. 2001).
Imaging procedures to detect or assess larger structures and structures with more inherent or
                                           59

-------
enhanced contrast (difference in density and/or atomic number) can be performed with smaller
doses than imaging procedures to detect or assess smaller structures and those with less inherent
contrast.

Stand-alone CT scanners have been complemented by the development of hybrid modalities such
as positron emission tomography/CT [PET/CT] and single photon emission computed
tomography/CT [SPECT/CT]. These hybrid modalities use two equipment components to
acquire two types of images of a patient in the same setting, without changing the patient's
position on the imaging system table. This allows co-registration of image data so that the
anatomic detail provided by CT can be matched to the physiologic imaging information from the
other modality to provide more specific information about the location and extent of disease.
Also, x-ray CT image sets can be used for attenuation correction of the PET and SPECT images.
These CT devices may be operated at much lower doses if the CT portions of the exams are not
intended to be used for diagnosis independent of the SPECT or PET exam.

Facilities should use equipment that provides relevant patient dose information. Facilities should
implement suitable Notification Values and Alert Values on CT scanners that comply with the
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Computed Tomography Dose  Check
standard (NEMA 2010). CT scanners in compliance with this standard (essentially all new CT
scanners sold after 2012) can be configured to inform users when scan settings would likely
yield values of CTDIvoi or DLP that would exceed pre-assigned values. Compliant scanners
allow users, before proceeding with scanning, to confirm or correct settings that might  otherwise
lead to unnecessarily high exposures  (AAPM 201 la). Facilities may use the Dose Check features
to avoid excessively high patient exposures by identifying dose indices that are much higher than
typical for a given examination type,  thereby providing an opportunity for the operator to
confirm or change settings before proceeding (AAPM 201 la). It is the facility's role to
determine appropriate numerical values for Notification and Alert Values. Recommendations for
numerical values of Notification and  Alert Values are available (AAPM 201 la). Since  different
facilities use different models of CT scanners from different manufacturers, scan protocols differ
and average patient body habitus may differ, the advice of the Michigan Department of
Licensing and Regulatory Affairs is relevant: "Determination of what the expected values should
be for each protocol is left to the experience, knowledge, and professional judgment of both the
interpreting physician and medical physicist" (Michigan 2012).
Quality Assurance

Equipment testing for quality assurance should be performed after installation but before first
clinical use, annually thereafter, and after each repair or modification that may affect patient dose
or image quality. Testing should be performed as specified in the section of this document
entitled Technical Quality Assurance in Medical Imaging with X-Rays (AAPM 1993; AAPM
2008; EC 2012). In addition, the recommendations found in the current version of ICRP
Publication 102 (NCRP 1989b) should be followed when applicable.

A quality control program should be established. The program should substantially conform to
the ACR Computed Tomography Quality Control Manual (ACR 2012b) and Technical Standard
                                          60

-------
for the Diagnostic Medical Physics Performance Monitoring of Computed Tomography (CT)
Equipment(ACR-AAPM 2012) or equivalent guidance.

The quality assurance program should include the monitoring of CT dose metrics from
individual examinations. The purposes of this monitoring include the detection of errors, both in
the performance of individual examinations and in body part- and clinical indication-specific CT
imaging protocols, and to provide dose information to guide the optimization of such protocols.
Ideally, the collection, archiving, analysis and reporting of dose data should be automated.
DICOM and THE provide standards for the sharing and collection of dose information; these are
briefly discussed in the section entitled Medical Imaging Informatics. As of 2014, both
commercial and shareware software is available for this purpose (Cook et al. 2011;  Sodickson et
al. 2012). In the absence of such dose monitoring software, dose data should be collected
manually. However, due to the large number of examinations performed daily by each CT
scanner, it may not be feasible to manually record the dose information from all examinations.
As a minimum, CT dose data should be collected and reviewed for every imaging protocol, after
the installation of a new CT scanner, after each modification to a protocol, and periodically,
perhaps annually or every two years.

The quality assurance program should also include the monitoring of CT examinations that must
be repeated, including those repeated because of patient motion, and examinations that are
interpretable, but of inadequate  quality.
Personnel

CT systems should only be operated by Radiologic Technologists registered by the ARRT or
equivalent, preferably with advanced certification in CT, operating under the supervision of
Radiological Medical Practitioners with appropriate training in CT physics, radiation safety and
CT image interpretation.

Ideally, a PET/CT or SPECT/CT should be operated by a technologist certified in both nuclear
medicine and CT. However, a PET/CT or SPECT/CT may also be operated by a nuclear
medicine technologist with Certified Nuclear Medicine Technologist (CNMT) or Radiological
Technologist Nuclear qualified (RT(N)) certification and additional training in CT imaging
sufficient to safely operate a CT system. Alternatively, a PET/CT may be operated by a
technologist who is qualified to operate a CT system and who also has additional training in PET
imaging sufficient to safely operate a PET system. If a technologist  who meets these
requirements is not available, the PET/CT or SPECT/CT system should be operated by two
technologists, one a nuclear medicine technologist qualified to operate the PET or SPECT
system and the other a radiological technologist or a radiation therapist qualified to operate the
CT system and registered by the ARRT or equivalent, preferably with advanced certification in
CT. Utilization and training requirements for the operation of other  hybrid modalities should be
evaluated as new combinations of modalities emerge.
                                          61

-------
Procedures

Other than the patient who is being examined, only staff and ancillary personnel required for the
procedure, those in training, and caregivers (guardians, spouses, parents) necessary for patient
well-being should be in the room during the CT examination. All personnel in the room during
CT procedures should be protected from scatter radiation by either protective aprons or whole-
body shields of not less than 0.25 mm lead equivalence.

One of the most effective ways to optimize the dose of radiation delivered to the patient in a CT
study is to tailor the study to the patient's specific needs. It is important to image only the area of
anatomy in question and acquire only the necessary sequences. This is accomplished by
determining the imaging protocol for the examination. Where appropriate, the Radiological
Medical Practitioner should select  and adjust the protocol to ensure that the patient is examined
using the appropriate techniques and dose.

A CT protocol specifies the parameters for the image acquisition and largely determines the dose
to the patient. It defines the portion of the patient's anatomy to be imaged, whether and how
contrast agents will be administered, the number and timing of imaging sequences, and
acquisition technical parameters. Imaging sequences in a multiphase study may include several
phases, such as a pre-contrast phase, an arterial phase, a venous phase and/or a delayed phase.
Acquisition technical parameters may include pitch (incremental table movement per x-ray tube
rotation divided by the nominal x-ray beam width at isocenter), collimation (beam width), kV,
mA (constant or modulated),  index of image quality (when mA is modulated), rotation time,
physiologic gating, image quality factors, and reconstruction method.  Considerations when
constructing or modifying a protocol include:
   1.  Eliminate unnecessary imaging sequences in a multiphase study.
   2.  In some cases, the kV may  be adjusted to accommodate patient size or the type of
       examination (e.g., contrast-medium-enhanced angiography) (Hough et al. 2012;
       McCollough 2005; Yu et al. 2011; Yu et al.  2010). If the patient is very large, a high kV
       (e.g., 140 kV) may be needed to adequately penetrate the patient. For iodine-enhanced
       scans, one can lower radiation dose in smaller patients while achieving the same or
       similar contrast-to-noise ratio (CNR). One also can increase iodine CNR with lower kV
       and improve image quality  using the same dose as at a higher kV, as long as the patient is
       relatively small and/or the scanner can compensate for the lower kV with higher mA. A
       lower kV also may permit reducing the iodine volume delivered to patients when renal
       function is an issue.
   3.  Automatic tube current modulation should be used whenever technically feasible and
       clinically appropriate. If automatic tube current modulation is used, the protocol should
       specify the parameters that  determine the balance between image noise and patient dose.
       If constant mA is used, the  protocol should utilize a chart for adjusting the mA  for the
       patient's size (girth or thickness).
   4.  Methods should be considered to protect organs. Organ-specific tube current modulation,
       where available, technically feasible and clinically appropriate, should be considered to
       protect organs, such as the breast in younger female patients and the lens of the eye.
                                           62

-------
    5.  Where applicable, the image acquisition technique factors should take into account the
       availability of advanced image reconstruction techniques to decrease the required patient
       dose.
    6.  Appropriate techniques and available technology should be used in all contrast-medium-
       enhanced studies to ensure appropriate timing of image acquisition relative to the
       enhancement of the tissues of interest to avoid failed examinations and the resulting
       repeat imaging. Protocols should be designed to minimize radiation dose delivered during
       the bolus tracking component of the examination.
    7.  Low dose protocols should be established for certain follow-up and screening
       examinations (e.g., renal stone screening, lung nodule follow-up). For gated cardiac CT
       imaging, utilize (when available) the feature that reduces or terminates the beam current
       during portions of the cardiac cycle that will not be used for image reconstruction (ICRP
       2013a).
    8.  Once the image sequence is acquired, the user can select alternative reconstruction
       parameters (e.g., reconstructed slice thickness) to view the  images differently without
       having to rescan the patient. This also may permit diagnostic information to be extracted
       from a poor quality examination, thereby avoiding the need for repeating the
       examination.
    9.  Each protocol should carefully define the anatomic limits for each sequence. For
       multisequence protocols, it is not always necessary for each sequence (e.g., non-contrast,
       post-contrast) to have the same anatomic limits.

Optimization of CT protocols is important for minimizing patient dose. The facility's standard
protocols for CT imaging should be reviewed by a radiation protocol workgroup or committee
(Texas 2013) that includes a physician expert in CT, a technologist expert in CT, and a QMP:
    1.  when the protocol is developed,
    2.  when the protocol is significantly modified,
    3.  on a regular basis (preferably annually), and
    4.  after an equipment upgrade or replacement.
The appropriate physician expert may vary depending on the organ system or anatomic region
being examined; for example,  a neuroradiologist is likely the appropriate physician expert for
examinations of the central nervous system.

It is strongly recommended that procedures be established to avoid inadvertent or unapproved
modification of CT protocols.  Methods, such as limiting access through the use of passwords,
should be adopted to implement these procedures. Superseded protocols should be archived for
future reference (NEMA 2012).

Reviews and revisions should align protocols with current clinical  practice, evaluate the
magnitude of delivered radiation doses, and optimize the radiation dose. Modifications of the
protocol to  suit the needs of an individual patient generally do not  require a specific review, but
the impact on radiation dose should be understood and considered.

Each CT protocol should be documented in two ways. The first way is a document detailing all
relevant information. The second way provides a more limited subset of programmable
information, primarily acquisition parameters, stored on the imaging device.
                                           63

-------
The technologist performing the study is responsible for properly positioning the patient within
the scanner and limiting the length of the portion of the patient being scanned to the minimum
clinically necessary. The technologist is also responsible for setting up the CT system so that the
correct protocol is used and the imaging parameters are appropriate for the patient's size, age and
intended examination. Before performing the study, but after acquiring the localizer radiograph,
the technologist should confirm that the technical parameters and the radiation dose metrics are
appropriate for the patient and planned study. To prevent accidental overexposure, the projected
dose should correspond to the doses normally associated with the protocol, within reasonable
variability based on patient size and similar factors. This should be confirmed again after the
patient has been scanned.

Operator selectable parameters on CT scanners that affect the dose to the patient include the
voltage applied to the x-ray tube (kV), the x-ray tube current (mA) or current-time product per
x-ray tube rotation (mAs), and the pitch. The radiation dose to the patient within the scanned
volume is approximately proportional to the square of the  kV and is proportional to the effective
mAs (the mAs divided by the pitch). Technique factors should be appropriate for the size (and
not just the age) of the patient and the body part being imaged. In particular, adult technique
factors should not be used for children and infants.  Technique factors should be chosen that
produce a diagnostically adequate image rather than a "perfect image," thus matching the
radiation exposure to the diagnostic requirement. If available on the CT scanner, automated
modulation of the tube current should be used for those procedures for which it produces
substantial dose savings, e.g., scans of the thorax. Using this feature appropriately can reduce
dose significantly, whereas errors in its use have produced substantial increases in dose.
                                            64

-------
BONE DENSITOMETRY

Bone densitometry noninvasively measures certain physical characteristics of bone that reflect
bone strength. These characteristics are, typically reported as bone mineral content or bone
mineral density. Bone densitometry is used for diagnosing osteoporosis, estimating fracture risk
and monitoring changes in bone mineral content or density, whether from age, conditions
causing bone mineral loss, or treatment (Hamdy and Lewiecki 2013; ICRP 2013b). Devices that
measure bone mineral content are called bone densitometers. Non-invasive methods for
measuring bone mineral content are based on the transmission of x-rays or gamma rays through
the bone. The radiation beams can be produced as  pencil or fan beams.  The advantage of the
latter is that it is faster, but the radiation dose is increased by a factor of about 4.

There are also devices that use the transmission of sound waves through bone to assess bone
structure. These are ultrasound devices that do not directly measure bone mineral density, but are
also commonly called densitometers.
Equipment

The principal methods in routine clinical use in 2014 for the non-invasive measurement of bone
mineral content using ionizing radiation are x-ray absorptiometry and quantitative x-ray
computed tomography (QCT). X-ray absorptiometers measure attenuation of two x-ray beams of
well-separated average photon energies to discriminate between bone mineral and soft tissue.
This method is called dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA, formerly DEXA). DXA is
considered the standard of reference to diagnose osteoporosis in the absence of fragility fractures
(which are diagnostic of osteoporosis after localized causes of bone demineralization have been
excluded).

In 2014, DXA is the most widely used method to measure bone density and diagnose
osteoporosis (Blake et al. 2013). The World Health Organization developed criteria to categorize
the patient's bone mineral density into osteoporosis, osteopenia or normal categories (Kanis and
Gluer 2000; Kanis et al. 1994; NOF 2013). This classification is specific for DXA (total hip or
femoral neck, PA lumbar vertebrae, or distal one-third of the radius) and cannot be applied to
any other technology (ISCD 2007a; ISCD 2007b). As of 2014, DXA is also the most commonly
used technology for monitoring changes in bone mineral density (BMD).

Bone mineral density can be assessed non-invasively at several sites in the axial and
appendicular skeleton. DXA is most commonly used to assess the lumbar spine, proximal femur,
distal radius and calcaneus (Kanis and Gluer 2000; Kanis et al. 1994).  DXA measurements of the
thoracic spine cannot be performed because the ribs and sternum overlap the thoracic vertebrae.
Measurements of the proximal femurs are commonly referred to as "hip" measurements, but the
bone mineral content measurements are limited to the proximal femurs and do not include the
hip joint. The standard evaluation of bone mineral density includes evaluation of at least one
proximal femur and the lumbar spine in the frontal plane. A site that is one third of the radius
length from the wrist (termed the distal one-third radius or 33% radius site) should be measured
                                           65

-------
if the hip and/or spine cannot be measured or interpreted, if the patient has hyperparathyroidism
or if the patient's weight exceeds the table's weight limit.

Some DXA devices permit the acquisition of projection images of the thoracic and lumbar lateral
spine for vertebral morphometry to detect vertebral compression fractures. This is called
vertebral fracture assessment (VFA). Detection of atraumatic or low-trauma vertebral
compression fractures is an independent method for diagnosing osteoporosis. This is performed
with imaging of the thoracic and lumbar spine in the lateral plane. Exposure to radiation is higher
with VFA than with DXA, but still considerably lower than for conventional radiography of the
same area (Ferrar et al. 2005; Genant et al. 1996; Link et al. 2005).

Some DXA devices allow the C-arm holding the x-ray tube and detector to rotate to a position
permitting lateral bone mineral density measurements of the lumbar spine in the supine patient,
in addition to the usual measurements. Furthermore,  some DXA devices permit scans of the
entire body for body composition analysis, providing an estimation of total bone mineral mass,
lean body mass and fat mass.

QCT measurements are usually performed of the lumbar spine, but there are options to perform
measurements at other anatomical sites as well. Unlike DXA, QCT is able to differentiate
mineral content in the bone as opposed to mineral content outside bones, such as in osteophytes
or aortic calcifications. The presence of these extra-osseous calcifications makes DXA of the
vertebrae less reliable in older people. QCT, on the other hand, is able to focus on the trabecular
or cortical component of bone. QCT may be performed with a standard CT system, however, a
special phantom and software are needed. Quantitative ultrasound (QUS) is used to measure sites
in the appendicular skeleton, most commonly the calcaneus,  but cannot be used to monitor the
skeletal effects of treatment for osteoporosis.
Quality Assurance

Each facility performing bone densitometry should have a quality assurance program designed in
consultation with a QMP. The procedures for this program should be documented in writing. The
program should conform to manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations of
professional societies such as ISCD and the ACR.  An annual review should be conducted,
preferably by a QMP, to ensure the elements of the QA program are being implemented.

The quality assurance program should include testing of each DXA unit on each day of use and
periodic assessments of precision. A cross calibration should be performed whenever the
densitometer is replaced, modified or repaired such that performance might be affected. These
practices help ensure proper measurement of bone mineral content, detection of osteoporosis,
estimation of fracture risk, and detection of changes of bone mineral content overtime,
regardless of equipment changes.
                                           66

-------
       Accuracy check

Accuracy is the degree to which a measurement value estimates the actual value of the quantity
being measured. QC assessments, performed using a manufacturer-supplied phantom, determine
whether the equipment consistently produces measurements that are within acceptable limits of a
calibration standard. This test should be successfully completed each day of use prior to human
testing.
       Precision

Precision is the degree to which the same value is obtained when a measurement is repeated
(ACR-SPR-SSR 2013; Bonnick and Lewis 2006; CRCPD 2006; ISCD 2012). The better the
precision, the smaller the Least Significant Change (LSC) (i.e., the smaller the change in BMD
that can be detected.)

Precision assessments evaluate the technologist's skills at positioning the patient reproducibly.
Patient factors that affect positioning, and thus precision, are obesity, arthropathies, pain,
deformities, fractures, and other conditions that limit patient mobility. Assessments using
phantoms cannot be used to determine precision. Given these clinical variables and the lack of
appropriate phantoms, precision assessments should be conducted on patients who are
representative of the bulk of the population scanned at the particular facility. For instance, if
most patients scanned in a facility are over the age of 65 years, precision assessments should not
be done in that facility on young athletes.

Precision assessments are performed by using repeated measurements, with repositioning of the
patients after getting them off the table between measurements. These can be done on either 30
patients scanned twice (after the patient is repositioned in between scans) or 15 patients scanned
3 times, also after repositioning in between each scan (Schousboe et al. 2013). The technologist's
or facility's precision is then used to calculate the Least Significant Change (LSC) to determine
whether an observed change in BMD over a period of time is significant (greater than the LSC)
or not (less than the LSC).

Each facility should establish limits of acceptable precision performance for each anatomical site
routinely measured and ensure that each technologist meets these standards.  However, precision
values should not exceed the limits established by professional organizations (ISCD 2013). If a
facility has more than one technologist,  an average precision error combining data from all
technologists should be used to establish precision error and LSC for the facility.

Each technologist should complete a precision assessment after basic scanning skills have been
learned and at least every 2 years. A repeat precision assessment should be done if a new DXA
system is installed or if a technologist's skill level has changed. Retraining should occur if a
technologist's precision is worse than values recommended by professional societies, e.g., ACR
and ISCD.
                                           67

-------
       Cross-calibration

Cross-calibration is a method to derive equivalent BMD values when measured on the original
densitometer and a modified or new densitometer. Cross-calibration should be performed when
repairing, modifying or replacing the entire system or any portion of the system that might alter
the absolute BMD value. The measurements obtained from old and new densitometers should be
compared for a limited number of patients to develop a cross-calibration formula for converting
data obtained using the old densitometer to values obtained with the new densitometer. As with
precision assessments, phantoms are not appropriate for cross calibration. Cross-calibration is
conducted in-vivo by scanning at least 30 patients with a wide range of bone densities (normal to
osteoporosis) on both the old and new densitometer.
       Justification for quality assurance assessments involving patients

Precision and cross-calibration assessments are tools to maintain and improve the quality of
DXA results and hence patient care. Precision assessments on patients cannot be substituted by
scanning phantoms. Poor precision may change the densitometric diagnosis of osteoporosis. This
may have serious implications as patients may end up being treated unnecessarily or alternatively
may be denied treatment when treatment may reduce the risk of fractures. Similarly, without
knowing the precision at a facility, it is not possible to draw any meaningful conclusion as to
whether an observed change is clinically relevant. With bone densitometry, the ability of the
technologist to reposition patients in exactly the same position is of such paramount importance
that ISCD (the only organization to accredit facilities, technologists, and clinicians for
performing and interpreting scans) takes into consideration the facility's precision before
accrediting it. Precision assessments are endorsed by ISCD and should be standard clinical
practice (ISCD 2013). CRCPD affirms that the BMD assessment is of no value without precision
testing (CRCPD 2006).

Patients enrolled in quality assurance assessments benefit indirectly and may also benefit directly
because the results are more reliable and allow for a better comparison to be made with future
scans done on the same or different equipment. It is in a patient's best  interest to be scanned at a
facility where precision and LSC have been determined, as the results  are more reliable and
comparisons with other scans are more meaningful. Although each scan results in a low effective
dose to the individual patient, radiation doses to the individual patient  can be reduced further by
scanning a larger number of patients a fewer number of times each and by not including a patient
in both precision and cross-calibration assessments. It is recommended to obtain consent from
patients who participate in precision or cross-calibration assessments (Bairn et al. 2005; CRCPD
2006; ISCD 2014). Patients or staff should not be scanned solely for the purpose of training.

Cross-calibration should be performed when changing the entire system or any portion of the
system that might alter the absolute BMD value.

Patient radiation dose should be determined by a QMP after installation, after service that may
affect the radiation dose, and at least annually thereafter.
                                           68

-------
In most cases, structural shielding will not be required for DXA devices or for QCT devices
designed for use only on the appendicular skeleton. Nonetheless, the RSO or a QMP should
make a determination of whether shielding is needed. After device installation, whether or not
additional shielding is installed, dose measurements should be made in adjacent areas and at the
operator's station (which may be inside the room) and should be documented in a written report.
This will help determine the need for occupational dosimetry and provide a historical record to
ensure proper equipment functioning.
Personnel

Each person performing bone densitometry should meet the requirements of their agency,
receive training in the use of the densitometer they are going to operate (since knowing how to
operate one densitometer does not qualify for operating another type as different protocols are
used by different manufacturers) and, ideally, meet at least one of the following qualifications:
    1.   ARRT post-primary certification in Bone Densitometry.
    2.   Certification by the International Society for Clinical Densitometry as a Certified Bone
       Densitometry Technologist.
    3.   State license or limited license in Bone Mineral Densitometry, when the license requires
       successful completion of the ARRT Limited Scope Bone Densitometry Examination.

As an alternative, the individual could have formal training in bone densitometry with one of the
following:
    1.   Certification by ARRT in Radiography or Nuclear Medicine Technology.
    2.   Certification by the Nuclear Medicine Technology Certification Board.
    3.   Qualification as a Medical Radiologic Technologist (MRT).

However, it is always recommended that this individual obtain formal certification in bone
mineral densitometry.

Individuals who perform absorptiometry also  should have documented training in the use of the
absorptiometry equipment they are operating, including performance  of manufacturer-specified
and facility QA procedures. The facility should evaluate the competence of each technologist,
particularly their performance in precision assessments and in maintaining  an appropriately low
repeat rate.

Interpretation of the results is important. A report should be generated by a Radiological Medical
Practitioner who is knowledgeable in bone densitometry and preferably is a Certified Clinical
Densitometrist (CCD). Reliance on the report generated by the equipment alone is inadequate.
The individual generating the report should examine the raw and generated data and the images.
                                           69

-------
Procedures

Facilities that use bone densitometry should refer to current versions of procedures or position
statements issued by professional organizations (ISCD 2007a; ISCD 2007b; ISCD 2010; ISCD
2013). The following guidance applies to DXA scans.

Before the DXA scan, the technologist should:
    1.  Ensure that the various quality assurance parameters have been fulfilled.
    2.  Verify that there are no contraindications to the DXA scan. A pregnant patient or patient
       likely to be pregnant should not have a DXA scan. A central DXA scan should not be
       performed on a patient whose weight exceeds the weight limit of the densitometer as the
       results may not be accurate and the densitometer table may be damaged. A scan of the
       non-dominant distal forearm is recommended in these cases.
    3.  Verify that there are no conditions or objects that might adversely affect the results. In
       particular, a patient who has a prosthetic hip or orthopedic device in the lumbar vertebrae
       should not have this part of the body scanned to evaluate osteoporosis. It is also
       recommended not to scan a patient who has taken calcium supplements the day of the
       scan as the calcium tablet may be in the path of the x-rays and artificially elevate the
       mineral content of the area scanned. Similarly, a patient who has undergone radiological
       contrast studies on the abdomen should not be scanned until the contrast material is no
       longer in the patient's body. A patient should not have metallic objects on the parts
       scanned,  including navel rings, which interfere with the absorption of radiation. Other
       common artifacts include zippers, buttons and wallets.
    4.  Enter and verify the accuracy of all the relevant patient demographic information, such as
       the age, race, gender, weight and height. Any erroneous information will invalidate the
       subsequent calculation of the T- and Z-scores and hence the validity of the scan.
    5.  Position the patient according to the criteria set by the manufacturer. If it is not possible
       to position the patient as per the recommendations because the patient is unable to be
       placed in that position because of pain or limitation of movement, the technologist should
       make a note to that effect.
    6.  Note the  scan mode (e.g., fan beam or pencil beam), the type of leg block used, and any
       deviation from the routine protocol.

During the DXA scan:
    1.  The patient must refrain from moving.
    2.  The technol ogi st shoul d:
          a. Ascertain that the patient's positioning is adequate (if the patient positioning is not
             as per the accepted recommendations, the subsequent analysis of the scan will not
             be valid).
          b. Ascertain that there are no artifacts.
          c. Ascertain that all the regions of interest are clearly visualized.
          d. Stop the DXA scan and restart it if positioning is not adequate, if there are artifacts
             or if the regions of interest are not clearly visualized.

Analysis of the DXA scan:
    1.  Before the analysis, the technologist should ascertain that:
                                            70

-------
          a. The patient's demographics are correctly noted.
          b. The patient's positioning was adequate.
          c. There are no artifacts.
          d. The various regions of interest are clearly visualized.
   2.  During the analysis, the technologist should follow the manufacturer's recommended
       procedure to identify the various regions of interest.

After the analysis, the technologist archives the information and forwards the results to the
Radiological Medical Practitioner.

Reporting the DXA scan results:
The Radiological Medical Practitioner writes the final report, archives it and sends it to the
Referring Medical Practitioner. Reports automatically generated by the equipment should be
modified to meet the needs of the Referring Medical Practitioner. Other information also may be
added, such  as risk factors for osteoporosis and fracture risk assessment FRAX scores for hips
and other major fracture sites. FRAX is the World Health Organization's (WHO's) Fracture
Assessment  Tool, a computer program used to estimate the probability of the patient sustaining a
hip or other major osteoporotic fracture in the following ten years (WHO 2004; WHO 2012).
Reporting templates are available from densitometer manufacturers. Reports may also include
information  about recommended diagnostic tests and treatment options (ISCD 2013). It is
important, however, to tailor the reports to the needs of the referring physicians. Structured
reports should be used if electronic records are maintained by the facility.
                                            71

-------
                                  DENTAL IMAGING

Diagnostic imaging is an integral part of dentistry. Dental radiography is estimated to contribute
much less than one percent of the total population's effective dose. The effective dose to the U.S.
population in 2006 from dental diagnostic radiographic procedures was estimated as 0.006 mSv
per capita (NCRP 2009). The dental health-care worker's goal is to keep radiation exposures to
the minimum necessary to meet diagnostic requirements. In 2003, the NCRP updated its
recommendations on radiation protection in dentistry (NCRP 2003). The American Dental
Association (ADA), in conjunction with the FDA, updated  its selection criteria for dental
imaging, guidelines for the frequency of dental radiographs and radiation exposure
recommendations in 2012 (ADA-FDA 2012). Both of these sets of recommendations were
considered when developing the following guidelines.
EQUIPMENT

It is strongly recommended that intraoral and panoramic dental x-ray machines be operated in the
60-90 kVp range. For the same dose to the image receptor, increasing the x-ray tube voltage
(potential difference) reduces the doses to superficial tissues. However, it also decreases image
contrast, increases scattered radiation and, in the case of intraoral radiography, deposits more
energy in tissues beyond the image sensor. The operating voltage of dental x-ray machines
should not be less than 60 kV (EC 2004; NCRP 2003). For intraoral radiography, European
Commission guidance recommends that 65 to 70 kV be used with conventional AC generators
and 60 kV be used with high frequency inverter generators (EC 2004). Higher x-ray tube
voltages may be used for extra-oral imaging, such as cephalometric, panoramic and cone beam
CT imaging, to reduce dose, provided that mA or mAs is reduced appropriately.

X-ray beam filtration must be consistent with FDA requirements ((FDA 2014d) Table 1). Also,
the beam indicating device (BID) for intraoral dental radiography should maintain a source-to-
skin distance between 20 cm (8 in) and 40 cm (16  in) (NCRP 2003). Increasing BID length
reduces both beam divergence and volume of patient tissue that is irradiated per exposure. A
means should be provided to limit the field size to the size of the opening at the BID exit port. It
is recommended that rectangular collimation be used for intra-oral techniques. It further restricts
the beam to approximately the size of the film or digital imaging receptor being used, and
reduces the exposed area by approximately half compared with round collimation (Gibbs 2000;
NCRP 2003). This improves image quality by reducing scattered radiation, resulting in a
radiograph with less noise and better contrast. However, the  need for better positioning due to
restricted field size and the need for training and practice may preclude using a 40 cm BID. In
clinical practice, a 20 cm round BID is acceptable, while a longer BID (e.g., 30 cm) is preferable.

The dental health professional (dentist or dental hygienist) has a variety of image receptors to
select from. These include conventional film and digital technologies (photostimulable imaging
plates and digital imaging sensors). Studies have shown that digital image receptors can produce
clinically-acceptable intraoral radiographs with radiation doses significantly less than those when
using even F-speed film  (Alcaraz et al. 2009; Berkhout et al. 2004). However, these dose
reductions may not be achieved unless the radiographic technique factors are adjusted so as to
                                           72

-------
optimize the dose to the patient (UKHPA 2013). Moreover, the number of retakes (commonly
due to poor positioning of the bulky sensors with their encumbering wires) may result in
increased dose for the patient unless care is given to proper training and the use of image
receptor positioning devices. Furthermore, due to the  smaller active area of some sensors, more
than one exposure may be required to cover the anatomical area imaged using a single
conventional film. Therefore, it is recommended that an image receptor positioning device be
used with digital imaging sensors and that specific and ongoing training be given to operators on
ways to eliminate the need for retakes.

Where film is still used, the fastest appropriate film should be used. Since there are minimal
diagnostic differences between the various intraoral films available in 2014, the use of faster
films (E- or F-speed) is preferred because they reduce the radiation dose by up to 50% when
compared with D-speed film (NCRP 2003). For periapical and bite-wing radiographs, only films
of American National Standard Institute (ANSI) Speed Group "F"  or faster are recommended.

For panoramic and other extraoral radiography, high-speed films should be matched to their rare
earth intensifying screens. The higher speeds of the rare earth screen-film combinations (400 or
higher system speed) are at least twice as fast as the now-obsolete calcium tungstate screen-film
combinations with equivalent diagnostic value. Their use reduced patient dose by 50% to 75%
(Miles et al. 1989). When selecting lateral cephalometrics or other extraoral studies, the x-ray
beam should be collimated to the area of clinical interest.

The operator's manual for all imaging equipment should be readily available to the user, and the
equipment should be operated and maintained following the manufacturer's instructions,
including any appropriate adjustments for optimizing dose and image quality.

Radiation protective aprons were recommended for protection of the dental patient when dental
x-ray equipment was poorly collimated and unfiltered, and films were much slower than those
available in 2014. Given the advent of good collimation, filtration, direct current x-ray machines,
faster film speeds, and digital sensors, gonadal and effective doses resulting from scattered
radiation are extremely low and are not significantly reduced by the use of the aprons.
Technological advancements have eliminated the requirement for radiation protective aprons on
adult patients undergoing intraoral imaging when all of the following recommendations are
followed: a 60-80 kVp operating voltage is used, the source-to-image receptor distance is
between 20 and 40 cm, a rectangular collimator is used, and a minimum  of E-speed equivalent
exposure film or a digital sensor is used. If all four of these criteria are not met for the intraoral
dental imaging procedure, then a radiation protective apron is still needed. Even if all 4 criteria
are met, it is reasonable to have aprons available for patients who request them (NCRP 2003).

The thyroid gland is among the most radiation  sensitive organs in children. NCRP Report No.
145 states, "thyroid shielding shall be provided for children, and should be provided for adults,
when it will not interfere with the examination" (NCRP 2003). In cases where anatomy or the
inability of the patient to cooperate makes beam-receptor alignment awkward, this
recommendation may be relaxed. However, the thyroid is still exposed to scattered radiation
during panoramic imaging. (Note that the positive projection-angle of the panoramic x-ray beam
                                           73

-------
of+4° to +7 ° essentially eliminates the thyroid from the primary x-ray beam during panoramic
imaging.)

Radiation protective aprons and thyroid shields should be hung or laid flat and never folded, and
manufacturer's instructions should be followed. All radiation protective apparel should be
evaluated for damage (e.g., tears, folds, and cracks) at least annually using visual and manual
inspection (Miller et al. 2010b). If a defect in the attenuating material  is suspected, radiographic
or fluoroscopic inspection may be performed to confirm any defect before removing the item
from service.
Hand-Held Units

Hand-held, battery-powered x-ray devices are available for intra-oral radiographic imaging.
Some of these devices, sold online by manufacturers outside the U.S. and directly shipped to
customers in the U.S., have not been reviewed by FDA and are not being sold legally. Some of
these devices may emit hazardous amounts of leakage radiation. They may be advertised as
"approved by the FDA," but FDA has not reviewed these devices. Only hand-held, battery-
powered x-ray devices cleared or approved by FDA for sale in the U.S. may be legally marketed
in the U.S. FDA's website provides information on how users can assess whether FDA has
cleared or approved a hand-held, battery-powered x-ray device (FDA 2014i). Radiation safety
precautions for hand-held devices should be emphasized,  because there is a greater opportunity
for radiation exposure compared to conventional radiographic units.

Each hand-held x-ray system should be used as outlined in the instructions that come with that
unit. Aside from use in emergency situations, these devices should not be used in areas where
there may be unintended exposure of other individuals (e.g., occupied waiting rooms and
corridors). Exposures should be made only when the area adjacent to the clinical area is free of
all individuals not directly involved in the imaging procedure.

Hand-held x-ray systems should use essentially the same amount of radiation as traditional fixed
x-ray units since the amount of radiation needed to generate an adequate image is determined by
the image receptor, not by the x-ray device. The technique factors for intraoral radiography with
hand-held systems should be similar to those for conventional dental radiography systems.

A trigger on the handle of the hand-held x-ray system activates the device. Device operation, at
first glance, poses several concerns that appear inconsistent with previously established dental
radiological protection guidelines. These concerns include:
    1.  The x-ray tube assembly is hand-held by the operator rather than wall mounted,
   2.  The trigger for x-ray exposure is on the hand-held device and not remotely located away
       from the source of radiation,  and
   3.  The operator does not stand behind  a barrier.

However, dosimetry studies indicate that these hand-held devices present no greater radiation
risk to the patient or the operator than standard dental radiographic units (Goren et al. 2008; Gray
et al. 2012; Masih et al. 2006; Witzel 2008). No additional radiation protection precautions are
                                           74

-------
needed when the device is used according to the manufacturer's instructions. These include: (1)
holding the device at mid-torso height, (2) orienting the shielding disk (also referred to as a
shielding ring) properly with respect to the operator, and (3) keeping the cone as close to the
patient's face as practical (ADA-FDA 2012). If the hand-held device is operated without the disk
shield in place, the operator should wear a radiation protective apron.

All operators of hand-held units should be instructed on their proper storage. Due to the portable
nature of these devices, they should be secured properly when not in use to prevent accidental
damage, theft or operation by an unauthorized user. Hand held units should be securely stored in
locked cabinets, locked storage rooms or locked work areas when not under the immediate
supervision of authorized users. When units cannot be secured by one of the means above, the
batteries should be removed or other methods taken to render the units inoperable.
Cone Beam CT

The emergence of cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT) has expanded the field of oral and
maxillofacial imaging. CBCT is used for dental implant planning, orthodontics, surgical
assessment of pathology, pre- and postoperative assessment of craniofacial fractures, and
temporomandibular joint assessment (ADA 2012; Tyndall et al. 2012). It provides the dental
clinician the ability to obtain three-dimensional volumetric image data of dental and
maxillofacial structures with short scanning times and high geometric accuracy (actual size of
item imaged without distortion) (Scarfe et al. 2006).

A major advantage of CBCT over multi-row detector CT systems (MDCT) is the potential to
perform procedures with lower radiation dose. A CBCT scanner utilizes a tightly collimated cone
beam of radiation that can scan both the maxilla and mandible at one time. It also permits
scanning of fields of view that are as small as individual teeth. Although CBCT radiation doses
are less than those produced during conventional medical computed tomography, the radiation
doses to tissue are higher than those of conventional dental radiographic techniques. The
effective dose of an optimized CBCT examination is 2% to 5% of a conventional CT of the same
region, but approximately 7 times greater than that from a panoramic image (Ludlow and
Ivanovic 2008;  Scarfe et al. 2006).

CBCT should be considered as an adjunct to standard oral imaging modalities and should be
used only after a review of the patient's health and imaging history and the completion of a
thorough clinical examination. The examination is justified if the required information is not
available with conventional dental imaging and anticipated diagnostic yield outweighs the risks
associated with radiation. The diagnostic yield should benefit patient care, enhance patient safety
and improve clinical outcomes significantly (AAE-AAOMR 2010;  ADA 2012). The smallest
volume size that will yield the diagnostic  objective of the CBCT study should be used because, if
all other parameters remain the same, the  smallest volume size will provide the least amount of
radiation to the patient (Ludlow and Walker 2013).

To ensure radiation doses to the patient are ALARA, it is recommended that metrics of patients'
doses be monitored on a regular basis. Effective dose,  considered to be the best overall indicator
                                           75

-------
of patient dose, is a calculated quantity and cannot be measured directly. Dose-area product (DAP)
is recognized as providing good correlation with effective dose and overall patient risk, although
the correlation is not as good for smaller fields of view (Ludlow 2009). An increasing number of
CBCT systems display DAP for each examination.
       Structural Shielding

Structural shielding criteria are provided by NCRP Reports No. 145 and 147 (NCRP 2003;
NCRP 2004a). Prior to the first clinical use of a newly installed or relocated dental x-ray imaging
unit, a shielding evaluation should be performed by qualified expert and this evaluation should
be documented in a written report. The need for structural shielding is dependent on the physical
size of the room, the workload and the uses of the adjacent areas, including areas above and
below. After installation of the unit, a qualified expert should perform a survey to verify that any
additional structural shielding was correctly installed and that the radiation exposures in adjacent
areas are in compliance with the guidance provided in NCRP Report No. 147. Copies of both
reports should be maintained by the facility. Commonly, it is not necessary to line the walls with
lead to meet this requirement for intraoral or panoramic equipment. A wall constructed of a
suitable thickness of normal building materials may be sufficient for use of this equipment in the
average dental office (NCRP 2003).
QUALITY ASSURANCE

Quality assurance (QA) refers to those steps that are taken to make sure that a dental facility or
imaging facility consistently produces images that are adequate for the diagnostic treatment
purpose with optimal patient and minimal operator exposure. It includes those organizational
steps taken to make sure that testing techniques are properly performed and that the results of
tests are used to effectively maintain a consistently high level of image quality. An effective QA
program includes assigning personnel to determine optimum testing frequency of the imaging
devices, evaluate test results, schedule corrective action, monitor repeat images, provide training,
and perform ongoing evaluation and revision of the program.

Each dental service should designate a quality control team, including a dentist and other dental
service personnel, a qualified medical physicist (QMP), and biomedical maintenance personnel,
to establish and maintain a QA program. The program should include the routine testing of the
primary components of the dental imaging chain, from the x-ray machine and image receptor,
through processing to the viewing of dental images. The QMP should participate in the selection
of the technical aspects of imaging protocols and in the design and oversight of the QA program.

Dental clinics that use film should process the film following the manufacturer's guidance,
should establish a QA program for film processing, and should evaluate film processing
darkrooms and daylight loaders for light leaks and safelight performance (ADA-FDA 2012;
NCRP 2003).
                                           76

-------
All dental x-ray imaging equipment should be subjected to acceptance testing by a QMP before
use on patients and to periodic constancy testing thereafter. When a new (or relocated) CBCT
system has been installed, the RSO should request that a qualified expert complete a CBCT
acceptance test to ensure that the equipment's performance is in agreement with the
manufacturer's technical specifications. Acceptance testing should include radiation output
repeatability, radiation output reproducibility, kVp accuracy, kVp repeatability, kVp
reproducibility,  beam quality, radiation field of view, image quality, accuracy of linear
measurements, accuracy of patient dose metric indication, and patient dose assessment. Some
manufacturers provide phantoms and specify procedures to perform machine-specific QA tests
not suggested in these recommendations; it is suggested that these tests be completed as
recommended by the manufacturer, in addition to the tests outlined in these recommendations.
The data and documentation from these tests should be maintained in the facility.

CBCT equipment should be tested annually by a QMP. Other dental x-ray imaging equipment
may be tested by a QMP either annually or every two years. After any repair or modification that
may affect patient dose or image quality, testing should be performed by or under the supervision
of a QMP. More information on such testing may be found in the sections above entitled
TESTING BY A QUALIFIED MEDICAL PHYSICIST and EQUIPMENT FAILURE. These
sections also note variances for these recommendations in certain circumstances.

In order to ensure that consistent diagnostic information is acquired while maintaining radiation
doses as low as  reasonably achievable, a quality assurance (QA) Program should be implemented
within the facility. Considerations for such a program should include:
    1.  Performance testing. Each unit should undergo periodic quality control tests to ensure
       that the performance of the machine has not significantly deteriorated and  it is operating
       within the manufacturer's technical specifications.
    2.  QA test with a phantom. If the manufacturer provides a phantom and specifies
       procedures to perform QA tests, these tests should be completed as recommended by the
       manufacturer. The data and documentation from these tests completed by the qualified
       expert can be reviewed and a trend analysis performed on the data, which may reflect
       equipment trends that require repair and/or replacement. This is particularly relevant to
       CBCT systems.
    3.  Qualitative assessment. A qualitative assessment of the image quality is recommended
       to ensure the study reflects the proper contrast and resolution, as well as uniformity with
       the least amount of noise and artifact for diagnosis. It is suggested that  such a qualitative
       visual check be performed on all studies obtained with the use of a reference study.
    4.  Monitoring of retakes. A system to monitor retakes should be established to help
       identify  problems such as equipment function deficiencies, imaging protocol deficiencies
       and those technicians who require additional training in patient positioning and image
       receptor placement.
    5.  Assessment of display monitors. Display monitors used for image viewing and
       interpretation should be assessed by regular checks. Over time and with use, display
       monitors will deteriorate, and may need replacing during the lifetime of the imaging
       system.
    6.  Proper viewing conditions. Viewing conditions during image interpretation are
       important. Ideally, the room should have indirect lighting of adjustable intensity.
                                           77

-------
       Dimming the ambient lighting will usually improve the perception of contrast, but the
       room should not be too dark. Precautions should be taken so that bright objects (e.g.,
       windows) do not cause reflections on the face of the display monitor or view box.
   7.  Monitoring of dose metrics. After installation of a new CBCT unit, and following any
       major maintenance or modification of a CBCT protocol program, it is suggested that the
       metrics of the radiation doses to patients be monitored by recording and assessing dose
       metrics from a sample of cases periodically (e.g., annually). These dose metrics can
       include patient dose data such as DAP, and related information such as kV, mAs  and
       field for a representative sample of patient studies. Any negative trends identified through
       this process should be reported immediately to the qualified expert for further assessment
       of the CBCT unit.
   8.  Comparison of patient doses to DRLs and ADs. Each dental service should collect data
       on radiation doses to patients and compare it to available diagnostic reference levels
       (DRLs) and achievable doses (ADs),  as described above in the section entitled
       DIAGNOSTIC REFERENCE LEVELS AND ACHIEVABLE DOSES (NCRP 2003;
       NCRP 2012). During physics testing  of the equipment, the QMP should collect dose data
       using the facility's technique factors and compare it to DRLs and ADs. Some imaging
       systems display dose data after each examination; these data should also be periodically
       compared to appropriate DRLs and ADs. Dose data also should be evaluated similarly
       after modification  of an imaging protocol that may affect the dose to the patient. If the
       mean radiation dose metric at the facility exceeds a DRL, equipment and clinical
       practices should be investigated in order to reduce radiation doses (NRPB  1990; Wall
       2001). Whenever the radiation dose or examination protocol is changed, image quality
       should be evaluated.
   9.  Input from a QMP. A QMP should assist in the development of the QA program.
       However, the facility is responsible for implementing the daily QA program.
   10. Review. In conjunction with annual or biennial testing, the QMP should review the QA
       program and provide a written report to Dental Service Chief and the RSO. This written
       report may include findings that suggest negative trends  in image quality and identify
       corrective actions taken.
PERSONNEL

As in general medical radiology, it is important to eliminate unproductive radiation exposure in
dentistry, thus, privileges to order dental x-ray examinations should be limited to Doctors of
Dental Surgery or Dental Medicine who are licensed in the United States or one of its territories
or commonwealths. Exception may be granted for persons in post-graduate training status under
the supervision of a person meeting such requirements. Variances to the above qualification
requirements should occur only for emergency or life-threatening situations, such as natural
disasters. Also, non-peacetime operations in the field or aboard ship  could require such
variances. Dental equipment operators should receive appropriate education and training in
anatomy, physics, technique and principles of radiograph!c exposure, radiation protection,
radiographic positioning, and image processing that is relevant to dental imaging. Proficiency
can be demonstrated by satisfying existing state certification programs for dental auxiliaries.
                                           78

-------
Also, proficiency can be improved by reviewing dental radiology practice recommendations
from the ADA (ADA-FDA 2012).

Operators of dental x-ray equipment may be exposed to the x-ray beam, leakage radiation from
the tube housing and scattered radiation. Protective measures are required to minimize their
occupational exposure. There are three basic methods to reduce the occupational dose from x-
rays: position, distance and shielding. The most effective way of reducing operator exposure to
scattered radiation is to enforce strict application of the position and distance rule (i.e., the
operator should stand at least 2 m (6 ft) away from the tube head of the dental x-ray generator). If
the operator cannot stand at least this far from the patient during the exposure, he or she should
stand behind an appropriate barrier or outside the operatory behind a wall. In clinics or field
situations, where the operator is required to be in the immediate exposure area, the operator
should be positioned at the location of minimum exposure. This location, also known as the safe
quadrant, is at an angle between 90 and 135° to the primary beam. Dental personnel should not
hold image receptors in patients' mouths. If a patient has to be restrained during exposure, a
relative or friend of the patient should do so. This individual should be provided with a radiation
protective apron and, if the image receptor is to be held in the mouth, radiation-protective gloves.
These will provide protection during exposure.

In panoramic imaging, scattered radiation is typically low due to the narrow beam of radiation
and the shielding incorporated into the image receptor. With a typical workload, operators can
produce panoramic images without the use of shielding as long as they are at least 2 meters (6
feet) from the unit. An appropriate shield should be used if this distance cannot be maintained.

Any individual who is likely to exceed a designated fraction of the regulatory dose limit shall be
enrolled in a radiation monitoring program (OSHA 2014a). Historically,  dental radiation workers
have not approached these limits and have not required radiation monitoring when good
radiation practices have been used. To determine if dosimeters are required, evaluations of
occupational dose should be  conducted by a QMP when a program is initiated, facilities are
significantly modified, or equipment or processes change. The evaluation may consist,  for
example, of monitoring personnel for a period of time or assessing the radiation field around the
equipment. With regard to workers who have declared their pregnancy, NCRP Report No. 145
states that "Personal dosimeters shall be provided for known pregnant occupationally-exposed
personnel" (NCRP 2003).
PROCEDURES

Justification applies equally to imaging in dentistry as it does to all other medical imaging. The
number of images obtained should be the minimum necessary to obtain essential diagnostic
information. Dental radiographs should be prescribed only following an evaluation of the
patient's needs that includes a health history review, a clinical dental history assessment, a
clinical examination and an evaluation of susceptibility to dental diseases. Selection criteria for
new and recall dental examinations for children, adolescents and adults, as well as dentate and
edentulous patients, were initially established in 1987 and updated most recently in 2012 (ADA-
FDA 2012). In cases where emerging new dental imaging technologies are used by physicians
                                           79

-------
for non-dental evaluations, these physicians should request these studies through their medical
imaging ordering procedures as determined by their local facility.

Optimization also applies to imaging in dentistry. In order to achieve lower exposures, the
operator's manual should be readily available to the user, and the equipment should be operated
following the manufacturer's instructions, including any appropriate adjustments for optimizing
dose and ensuring adequate image quality.  An image receptor holding device should be used for
proper film, photostimulable phosphor (PSP) plates or sensor positioning whenever possible.
Protocols may be relaxed in the cases where anatomy or the inability of the patient to cooperate
makes beam-receptor alignment awkward.

Either patient size-based technique charts or imaging protocols with suggested parameter settings
should be established to ensure that radiation exposure is optimized for all  patients (ADA-FDA
2012). Technique charts are tables that indicate appropriate settings on the  x-ray unit for a
specific examination and can ensure the least amount of radiation exposure is used to produce
consistently good-quality images. Technique charts should be used for all systems with
adjustable settings, such as tube potential, tube current, and time or pulses.  Technique charts
should list the type of exam, the patient size (e.g., small, medium, large) for adults and a
pediatric setting or settings. The speed of film used, or use of a digital receptor, should also be
listed on the technique chart. The chart should be posted near the control panel where the
technique is adjusted for each x-ray unit, or otherwise immediately available. A technique chart
that is regularly updated should be developed for each x-ray unit. Alternatively, technique factors
may be programmed into imaging protocols stored on the imaging systems. The technique charts
or protocols should be updated when a different film or sensor, new unit or new screens are used.
After a modification to a technique chart or protocol that may affect patient doses, appropriate
dose metrics should be measured and compared to previous values  and also to diagnostic
reference levels and achievable doses, as described above.

Signs asking female patients to notify staff if they might be pregnant are not necessary in dental
facilities where expected fetal doses are very low.
                                           80

-------
                               VETERINARY IMAGING

Diagnostic radiology is an essential part of present-day veterinary practice. The typical imaging
workload in a veterinary practice is low on the average, however, certain practices unique to
veterinary radiology can expose the staff at a greater rate than typical operators. In veterinary
medicine, the possibility that anyone may be exposed to enough radiation to create deterministic
effects is extremely remote.

There are two main radiation protection issues to be considered. First, veterinary imaging
personnel should be considered radiation workers and their dose should be maintained as low as
reasonably achievable. Secondly, personnel  in the vicinity of veterinary radiology facilities and
the general public require adequate protection (AAE-AAOMR 2010; ADA 2012; NCRP 2004b;
OSHA 2014a; USNRC 2014d).
EQUIPMENT

Unlike x-ray equipment intended for use on humans, x-ray emitting devices intended solely for
use on animals are not subject to the FDA's pre-market clearance or approval processes.
However, manufacturers of these devices must maintain certain records and must comply with
certain radiological health reporting and notification requirements as specified by FDA (FDA
2014h). The recommendations pertaining to the use of medical radiographic equipment and
shielding requirements for humans apply to the use of similar equipment in veterinary medicine.
The following points are highlighted for veterinary applications:
    1.  In a fixed facility, the floors, walls, ceilings and doors should be built with materials
       providing adequate radiation protection to workers.
    2.  The shielding should be constructed to form an unbroken barrier.
    3.  In a fixed facility, a control booth should be provided for the protection of the operator.
       Mobile protective barriers are not considered adequate as a control booth except for
       facilities requiring no shielding at 1 meter from source, or where 1/20 of permissible dose
       equivalent limits are not likely to be exceeded at 1 meter.
    4.  The control booth should be located, whenever possible, such that the radiation has to be
       scattered at least twice before  entering the booth. In facilities where the radiation beam
       may be directed toward the booth, the booth becomes a primary barrier and should be
       shielded accordingly.
    5.  The control booth should be positioned so that during an irradiation no one can enter the
       radiographic room without the knowledge of the operator.
    6.  Required warning signs should be posted on all entrance doors of each x-ray imaging
       room.
    7.  When mobile radiographic or  fluoroscopic equipment is used in a fixed location, or
       frequently in a particular location, it is strongly recommended that a qualified expert
       evaluate the need for structural shielding.
    8.  Protective aprons, gloves and  thyroid  shields used for veterinary x-ray examinations
       should provide attenuation equivalent to at least 0.25 mm of lead-equivalence at x-ray
       tube voltages of up to 150 kVp. Monthly dose monitoring can ensure that staff members
       who use garments with <0.5 mm lead equivalent thickness keep their occupational dose
                                           81

-------
       below the required dose limits. For protective gloves, protection should be provided
       throughout the glove, including fingers and wrist. Further discussion is provided in the
       section on RADIATION SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR FLUOROSCOPY.

As of 2014, hand-held, battery-powered x-ray devices are available for veterinary radiographic
and fluoroscopic imaging. Unless specifically designed to be hand-held, neither the portable x-
ray generator nor the image receptor should be held in the hand (NCRP 2004b). Whenever
practicable, a mechanical device should be used to support the x-ray generator and image
receptor; if this is impractical and it becomes necessary to hold the x-ray generator or image
receptor occasionally, the operator should always wear radiation protective apparel (Tyson et al.
2011).  As of 2014, certain battery-powered radiographic systems have been designed to be
operated by the operator holding the x-ray generator. These "hand-held" systems have specially
designed shielding of the x-ray tube housing and an integral radiation shield to minimize
backscatter and have seen use in dental and veterinary radiographic imaging. While studies with
one hand-held manufacturer's radiographic system reported that, in human intraoral dental use,
operators received lower radiation doses using this system than they did with traditional units
(Gray et al. 2012), it may not be appropriate to extrapolate these data to veterinary practice.
When performing radiography on large animals, the x-ray generator should not be held in the
hands routinely, as this may result in annual operator radiation doses that exceed regulatory
limits (Tyson et al. 2011). Operators of hand-held fluoroscopic units could also receive annual
radiation doses exceeding current dose limits, as when imaging horses (Thomas et al. 1999).
Radiation safety precautions for hand-held devices should be emphasized, because there is a
greater opportunity for radiation exposure compared to conventional radiographic and
fluoroscopic units.

Each portable hand-held x-ray system should be used as outlined in the instructions that come
with the unit. Exposures using this unit should be made only when the area adjacent to the
examination area is free  of all individuals not directly involved in the imaging procedure. When
standard radiology protocols are utilized according to manufacturer instructions, with the disk
shield (if so equipped) in place, there is no indication for additional radiation protection
recommendations. Aside from use in field or emergency situations, these devices should not be
used in areas where there may be unintended exposure of other individuals (e.g., occupied
waiting rooms, corridors and classrooms).

Portable hand-held x-ray systems should use essentially the same amount of radiation as
traditional fixed x-ray units since the amount of radiation needed to generate an adequate image
is determined by the image receptor, rather than the x-ray device. The technique factors for
veterinary radiography with hand-held systems should be similar to those for conventional
veterinary radiography systems.

The hand-held exposure device is activated by a trigger on the handle of the device. Device
operation, at first glance, poses several concerns that appear inconsistent with previously
established radiological protection guidelines. These concerns include:
   1.  The x-ray tube assembly is hand-held by the operator rather than wall mounted.
   2.  The trigger for x-ray exposure is on the hand-held device and not remotely located away
       from the source of radiation.
                                           82

-------
   3.  The operator does not stand behind a barrier.

Dosimetry studies for hand held x-ray systems used in dental practices indicate that these devices
present no greater radiation risk than standard radiographic units to the patient or the operator
(Goren et al. 2008; Gray et al. 2012; Masih et al. 2006; Witzel 2008). It is expected these results
also pertain to veterinary use especially considering the traditional low radiographic workload of
veterinary clinics. No additional radiation protection precautions are needed when the device is
used according to the manufacturer's instructions. These include:
   1.  holding the device at mid-torso height,
   2.  orienting the shielding disk properly with respect to the operator, and
   3.  keeping the cone as close to the patient's area being imaged as practical.

If the hand-held device is operated without the disk shield in place, it is recommended that the
operator wear a radiation protective apron.

All operators of hand-held units should be instructed on their proper storage. Due to the portable
nature  of these devices, they should be secured properly when not in use to prevent accidental
damage, theft or operation by an unauthorized user. Hand held units should be securely stored in
locked cabinets, locked storage rooms or locked work areas when not under the direct
supervision of authorized users. When units cannot be secured by a method above, batteries
should be removed or other methods taken to render the units inoperable. The names of
individuals who are granted access and use privileges should be recorded and the records kept
current.
QUALITY ASSURANCE

Since veterinary equipment is generally identical to medical equipment, all the quality assurance
tasks associated with medical equipment can be applied to veterinary equipment; however, based
on the typical workload, a reduced quality assurance program is probably warranted in most
cases. A typical testing and QA program should consist of at least the following:
    1.  Complete a radiation safety survey on all new veterinary x-ray equipment by or under the
       direction of a QMP. As stated inNCRP Report No.  148 (NCRP 2004b), "Resurveys shall
       be made following replacement of irradiation equipment, or modifications that could
       change the radiation source, whenever the workload increases significantly, or if other
       operating conditions are modified that could affect the radiation dose in occupied areas.
       Resurveys are required after the installation of supplementary shielding to determine the
       adequacy of the modification" (NCRP 2004b).
    2.  Perform a radiation exposure survey prior to the first use of a mobile fluoroscope.
       Operate the equipment with the x-ray beam at maximum operating potential, with an
       appropriate test phantom in place, to determine the perimeter of the area within which
       individuals without radiation protection apparel should not be present (NCRP 2004b).
    3.   Take steps to minimize the need for repeat exposures due to inadequate image quality.
       These repeats result in unnecessary radiation exposure to the patient, operator and
       members of the public (NCRP 2004b).
                                           83

-------
       Perform a sensitometry and densitometry test each day a film-based system is used, in
       order to ensure consistent operation. A step wedge test may be used as a substitute for the
       standard sensitometry and densitometry test.
       Evaluate darkroom integrity by performing a darkroom fog test annually. This is
       especially relevant if the darkroom is not a single use room.
       Evaluate radiation protective apparel (e.g., aprons, gloves, thyroid collars) at least
       annually for radiation protection integrity using visual and  manual inspection (Miller et
       al. 2010b; NCRP 2010). If a defect in the attenuating material is suspected, radiographic
       or fluoroscopic inspection may be performed as an alternative to immediately removing
       the item from service.
PERSONNEL

Veterinary x-ray equipment operators, similar to medical x-ray equipment operators, should
receive appropriate education and training in the areas of anatomy, physics, technique and
principles of radiographic exposure, radiation safety, radiographic positioning, and image
processing that are relevant to veterinary imaging. Only personnel with specific, appropriate
training should be permitted to  operate x-ray equipment. It is strongly recommended that the
veterinary medical application of x-ray equipment be performed only by or under the general
supervision of a veterinarian properly trained and credentialed to operate such equipment.
Individuals who routinely use veterinary radiological equipment need a basic understanding of
the following:

   1.  Demonstrated competence in animal handling and behavior by all parties involved, so
       that the animal's distress and physical restraint are minimized and personnel are
       protected;
   2.  Animal positioning techniques to allow for minimal radiation exposure for employees;
   3.  Basic principles and concepts of radiation in general and x-radiation in particular;
   4.  Component parts and workings of the x-ray machine and the  production of x-rays;
   5.  Factors affecting the quality of the x-ray beam and the radiographic image;
   6.  Effects of ionizing radiation on living tissues;
   7.  Radiation bioeffects, health and safety;
   8.  Radiation protection procedures for the operator and the patient;
   9.  Selection of appropriate imaging surveys, image receptor types, duplicating, and record
       keeping;
   10. Technique of proper image processing, handling and record keeping;
   11. Viewing techniques and principles of interpretation;
   12. Digital imaging and alternate imaging modalities;
   13. Appearances of normal  radiographic landmarks, artifacts and shadows; and
   14. Requirements for monitoring and documenting occupational radiation exposure to staff,
       including those who are pregnant (see section on EMBRYO OR FETUS OF
       PREGNANT WORKERS).
                                           84

-------
PROCEDURES

The procedures pertaining to the use of veterinary radiography are generally equivalent to
procedures for medical (human) radiography. The following recommendations will minimize the
dose to veterinary facility staff and clients from veterinary diagnostic radiographic procedures
while producing images of adequate quality. There are methods available for technique
optimization (Copple et al. 2012). All suggestions will secondarily minimize the dose to the
radiation operator and consequently, the results may be considered as a double benefit to the
patient and the worker. The guidelines and procedures outlined in this section are primarily
directed toward occupational health protection. Adherence to these guidelines will also provide
protection to visitors and other individuals in the vicinity of an x-ray facility. However, the safe
work practices and procedures for using various types of x-ray equipment should be regarded as
a minimum to be augmented with additional requirements, when warranted, to cover special
circumstances in particular facilities. To achieve optimum safety, operators should make every
reasonable effort to keep exposures to themselves and to other personnel as low as reasonably
achievable.
Veterinary clinic setup

    1.  An x-ray room should be used for only one x-ray procedure at a time.
    2.  All entrance doors to an x-ray room should be kept closed while a radiographic procedure
       is being performed.
    3.  Where a control booth or protective barrier is available, it is strongly recommended that
       operators remain inside the booth or behind the barrier when making an irradiation. If a
       control booth or protective screen is not available, the operator should always wear
       protective clothing.
    4.  When film-screen imaging is used, the fastest combination of films and intensifying
       screens consistent with diagnostically acceptable results and within the capability of the
       equipment should be used.
    5.  When digital x-ray imaging is used, procedures should be established to prevent
       excessively high doses, also known as dose creep, as addressed in the radiography section
       of this document.
Personal protective equipment

    1.  Personnel should use radiation protective apparel, as appropriate.
    2.  Radiation protective aprons, gloves and thyroid shields should be hung or laid flat and
       never folded, and manufacturer's instructions should be followed.
    3.  Personnel should understand that radiation protective gloves may not protect against
       bites. Such bites could puncture the lead and compromise the radiation protection
       provided by the gloves (NCRP 2004b). Armored gloves (welding gloves) should be used
       to augment restraint of fractious animals when needed, but should not replace knowledge
       and utilization of appropriate handling techniques and proper pain control, sedation and
       anesthesia for patients.
                                           85

-------
Animal restraint
       If necessary, the animal should be sedated or holding devices used during radiography.
       However, if this is not possible and a person must restrain the animal, that person should
       wear appropriate radiation protective equipment (aprons, gloves, etc.) and avoid direct
       irradiation by the primary x-ray beam. No person should routinely hold animal patients
       during x-ray examinations (NCRP 2004b).
       Individuals under the age of 18, or potentially pregnant women should not be permitted
       to hold animals during radiography.
Use of x-ray equipment

   1.  X-ray equipment should be operated only by or under the direct supervision of qualified
       individuals.
   2.  A qualified operator should maintain control of an x-ray machine once it is powered on
       and ready for an exposure. The x-ray room should contain only those persons whose
       presence is essential when a radiological procedure is carried out.
   3.  The radiation beam should always be directed toward adequately shielded or unoccupied
       areas.
   4.  The radiation beam and scattered radiation should be attenuated as closely as possible to
       the source.
   5.  Personnel should keep as far away from the x-ray beam as is practicable at all times
       (2 m). Exposure of personnel to the x-ray beam should never be allowed unless the beam
       is adequately attenuated by the animal and by protective clothing or barriers.
   6.  A hand-held radiographic cassette or image receptor should not be used.
   7.  For table-top radiography when the sides of the table are not shielded, a sheet of lead at
       least 1 mm in thickness and slightly larger than the maximum beam size should be placed
       immediately beneath the cassette or film.
   8.  Veterinarians should not allow veterinary diagnostic radiation devices under their control
       to be used on human beings (NCRP 2004b), except under extenuating circumstances.
   9.  Technique charts should be developed for all animal types that are routinely
       radiographed.
Personal dosimetry

    1.  The x-ray imaging workload in a typical veterinary clinic may not be sufficient to require
       the issuance of personal dosimetry, however, a qualified expert should be consulted for a
       clinic's particular situation and to conduct evaluations of occupational dose.
    2.  Personal dosimeters, if assigned, should be worn in a manner consistent with regulatory
       requirements and standard practice so that radiation doses can be determined accurately.
       See the section on PERSONNEL AND AREA MONITORING.
                                           86

-------
3.  Occupational radiation dose limits in veterinary and human medical practice should be
   the same. See the section on PERSONNEL AND AREA MONITORING.
                                    87

-------
                              IMAGING INFORMATICS

Digital information systems are used for the ordering, scheduling, tracking, processing, storage,
transmission and viewing of imaging studies and providing the reports of study interpretations.
These systems should be used to the greatest extent possible. They include picture archiving and
communication systems (PACS), teleradiology systems, radiology information systems, clinical
decision support software, hospital information systems, and the Electronic Health Record
(Congress 2007). For efficiency of workflow, these systems do not operate independently, but
instead are connected to the imaging devices and each other by computer networks and exchange
information in accordance with standards such as the Internet Protocol Suite (Transmission
Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, or TCP/IP), DICOM, HL7, and fflE. These information
systems are complex and will not be discussed in detail in this report. However, there are certain
aspects of these systems that indirectly can affect the radiation doses to patients from imaging
studies. Proper planning, design, management and use of these systems can help avoid
performing unnecessary or inappropriate studies and repeat studies.

Agencies should adopt recognized  standards for sharing clinical reports of radiological
procedures within each agency, among agencies, and with non-governmental healthcare facilities
in order to make clinical information available to health care providers and to avoid unnecessary
duplicate examinations.

Clinical decision support software can help avoid the ordering of unnecessary or inappropriate
imaging studies. At the time that a Referring Medical Practitioner places the request for an
imaging study, the system can provide decision support regarding the appropriateness of the
study for the particular patient and  notification of alternatives that may impart less or no
radiation.  These information systems can also notify the Referring Medical Practitioner of
previously acquired  studies that may render an additional imaging study unnecessary
(ACCF/SCAI/AATS/AHA/ASE/ASNC/HFSA/HRS/SCCM/SCCT/SCMR/STS2012;
ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC/HFSA/SCCT 2012; ACR 2012a; Sistrom et al. 2009).

Inability to retrieve an imaging study can create the need for a repeat study. Digital information
systems and procedures for their use should be designed to protect against data loss. Such
measures should include administrative, physical and technical safeguards, including storing
information on stable media, ensuring the storage location is secure from natural and human
threats, ensuring the stored information is secure from deliberate or accidental erasure or
modification, storing duplicate backup copies of the information on media in a remote location
or locations, and precautions against loss of information from media wear and aging and media
obsolescence. As part of their effort to manage patients and their disease progression within and
among facilities, agencies should develop retention policies for images and related data.
Additionally, the facility should have a disaster plan in place to guide operations when the
network is inoperable or power outage affects operation of the PACS  system. It is the
responsibility of the institution to meet the records retention, security, privacy and retrieval
requirements of its agency and other federal requirements  (e.g., HIPAA and associated  federal
regulations) (ACR-AAPM-SIIM 2012b; ACR 2009a; DHHS 2012b),  and to address the
aforementioned issues.
                                           88

-------
Digital information systems also provide an important quality assurance function (AAPM 2009;
LEG 2008) and can be used in optimizing doses from imaging procedures. They should facilitate
monitoring of patient dose indices, the doses to radiographic image receptors, and the number of
retakes and inadequate images. This requires both capture and storage of this information and
appropriate software tools for data analysis and display. Equipment manufacturers should
continue to work with professional societies and standards organizations, such as NEMA and
THE, to develop and implement standardized dose reporting systems. Ideally, these systems
should provide estimated patient radiation dose for individual examinations and documentation
of estimated radiation dose for individual patients. They should also have the capability to
present these data in ways that facilitate QA and QI, and should be capable of transmitting de-
identified patient radiation dose data to a central dose registry. The DICOM Standard describes
standard information  objects, called Radiation Dose Structured Reports (RDSRs), that x-ray
imaging devices can use to send information about the radiation exposures of patients from
individual examinations (NEMA 2011).The THE Radiation Exposure Monitoring (REM) Profile
describes standard methods for archiving RDSRs and for sending the dose information to
reporting systems, including sending de-identified dose data to national dose registries (THE
2013; O'Donnell 2011). To this end, federal facilities should give preference to equipment with
these standardized dose reporting systems when making purchasing decisions. In order to
participate in central dose registries, agencies and facilities should adopt recognized standard
terminology in their information reporting systems and databases.

Ideally, robust informatics infrastructure systems should be  developed to record all aspects of the
QC program pertaining to all modalities across an institution. Agencies should encourage the
development of such  systems and their utilization as they become available.
                                           89

-------
          SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FACILITY ACTION
GENERAL

In addition to these general recommendations, the reader is referred to recommendations below
on specific modalities and their use in dental and veterinary imaging.
    1.  Federal facilities should evaluate each imaging system's performance to optimize dose,
       and maintain this by establishing appropriate procedures and conducting periodic
       monitoring. An optimal dose is neither too high nor too low for the clinical purpose.
    2.  Each facility should establish a formal mechanism whereby Referring Medical
       Practitioners have sources of information available at the time of ordering regarding
       appropriate diagnostic imaging methods to answer the clinical question and to optimize
       ionizing radiation dose to the patient, as well as avoiding unnecessary duplicate
       procedures. These may include decision support software or imaging referral guidelines.
       Radiological Medical Practitioners, familiar with those guidelines, should be available to
       consult with Referring Medical Practitioners.
    3.  Facilities should establish technique factors or protocols for common examinations.
       These either should be programmed into the imaging system or a technique chart should
       be immediately available to the operator.
    4.  The Universal Protocol should always be followed  to ensure the right patient gets the
       right procedure.
    5.  Healthcare providers should always strive to limit patient irradiation to that necessary to
       perform the procedure with adequate image quality.
    6.  Facilities should ensure that operators of imaging equipment that use x-rays:
          a. are adequately trained to produce acceptable quality images,
          b. know how to produce these images with appropriate patient doses,
          c. periodically demonstrate continuing competence, and
          d. can minimize the need for retakes.
    7.  Facilities should ensure that the operator's manual is readily available to the user, and the
       equipment is operated  following the manufacturer's instructions, including any
       appropriate adjustments for optimizing dose and ensuring adequate image quality.
    8.  Facilities ideally should use equipment that facilitates monitoring of relevant patient dose
       indices.
    9.  Facilities should use the dose information from individual patient imaging procedures
       that is provided by imaging equipment as part of the quality assurance program for
       identifying opportunities to reduce dose.
    10. Facilities should use diagnostic reference levels and achievable doses as quality
       improvement tools by collecting and assessing radiation dose data and comparing them to
       diagnostic reference levels and  achievable doses. Each facility should also submit its
       radiation dose data to a national registry.
    11. Facilities should be aware of upgrades to software and hardware of x-ray imaging
       systems that enhance safety. These should be evaluated and considered for
       implementation.
                                           90

-------
    12. Facilities should assess the radiation exposures of workers and provide periodic feedback
       to them. In addition, each worker who is expected to receive more than 10% of the
       applicable dose limit should be required to wear one or more dosimeters.
    13. Facilities should have adequate quality assurance and quality control programs for each
       of their modalities. A facility's participation in a nationally recognized accreditation
       program is one way to ensure that its quality assurance and quality control measures are
       adequate.
    14. Facilities should ensure that for all x-ray imaging, regardless of the imaging modality
       used, efforts are made to restrict the x-ray field to the area of clinical interest by
       collimation or, in the case of CT, restriction of scan length. Whenever possible, protect
       particularly radiation-sensitive organs (e.g., gonads in patients of reproductive capability,
       lenses of the eyes, and breasts in younger females).
RADIATION SAFETY PROGRAM

    1.  Facilities should ensure that sufficient staffing is maintained to appropriately address
       radiation safety issues. The number of staff members will to a degree be based on the
       scope of services and the number of radiation workers at the facility, but at a minimum
       will consist of a Radiation Safety Officer and the services of a QMP.
    2.  Facilities should to the extent practicable use engineering controls (e.g. installed lead
       shielding), personal protective equipment (e.g. lead aprons), and appropriate procedures
       (e.g. distance) to achieve occupational doses and doses to members of the public that are
       as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA), with economic and social factors being taken
       into account.
    3.  Facilities should ensure that no one is unnecessarily exposed to radiation.  Only the
       patient being examined, staff and ancillary personnel required for the procedure,
       including those in training, should be in the room during the examination. Caregivers
       (e.g., guardians, spouses, parents) are sometimes made an exception when the responsible
       imaging team believes their support will result in an improved procedure and better
       patient experience (e.g., reduced anxiety, greater patient cooperation).
    4.  Facilities should ensure that when a monitored radiation worker declares her pregnancy
       she wears a dosimeter on the lower abdomen, underneath the apron at the  level of the
       fetus.  The dosimeter should be exchanged monthly.  She should be issued this dosimeter
       unless such a dosimeter is already being worn.
SPECIAL PATIENT POPULATIONS

    1.  Facilities should ensure that, when children are imaged, technique and imaging protocols
       are appropriate for each child's size to ensure adequate image quality and optimize
       radiation dose.
    2.  Each facility should establish a policy for determining which procedures require
       pregnancy testing and informed consent when performed on female patients of child-
       bearing age.
                                           91

-------
   3.  In general, facilities should ensure that neither screening nor elective x-ray examinations
       where the fetus is near or in the x-ray beam are performed on pregnant women.
INFORMED CONSENT

    1.  Facilities should ensure that, except in emergency situations, informed consent is
       obtained from the patient or the patient's legal representative and is appropriately
       documented prior to the initiation of any procedure that is likely to expose the patient, or
       fetus if the patient is pregnant, to significant risks and potential complications.
    2.  For procedures that may impart a clinically important dose to the fetus, and especially for
       doses exceeding 0.05 Gy (5 rad), the anticipated dose and associated risks should be
       included as part of any informed consent unless a physician determines that the delay
       caused by the extended consent discussion would harm the patient.
    3.  Informed consent should be obtained for potentially-high radiation dose procedures. It
       should include a description of the anticipated risks from the radiation dose as part of the
       overall discussion of risks.
REQUESTING AND PERFORMING STUDIES INVOLVING X-RAYS

    1.  Facilities should ensure that appropriate information is obtained and reviewed at the time
       a study is requested. The purpose is to ensure that the study is justified and to optimize
       the choice of study and protocol so that radiation dose and clinical value are optimized.
TECHNICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE

    1.  Each facility that performs imaging with x-rays should establish in writing and
       implement technical quality assurance and quality control programs that conform to the
       most recent version of current professional society recommendations.
    2.  Facilities should ensure that their technical quality assurance program includes testing, by
       or under the supervision of a QMP, of all x-ray imaging equipment.
    3.  Each facility should review their technical quality control program annually and involve a
       Radiological Medical Practitioner, technologist and QMP.
DIAGNOSTIC REFERENCE LEVELS AND ACHIEVABLE DOSES

    1.  Facilities should submit radiation dose data to a national registry as part of a continuing
       effort to develop national DRLs and ADs that are specific for the U.S. population. The
       on-going nationwide collection of these data from government and non-government
       facilities, such as by NEXT and ACR, is important to this effort.
    2.  Facilities should ensure that a representative sampling and assessment of exposure
       indicators from each modality is performed at least annually. It should be reviewed by the
       chief technologist. This effort should be performed under the guidance of a QMP.
                                           92

-------
       Facilities should use DRLs and ADs as quality assurance and quality improvement tools
       to optimize radiation dose. The goal is a radiation dose at or below the AD that yields an
       image quality adequate for the clinical purpose.
       Facilities should investigate equipment if local practice at that facility results in a mean
       radiation dose that is greater than the DRL. If the equipment is functioning properly and
       within specification, operator technique and procedure protocols should be examined.
       Facilities should ensure that whenever an imaging protocol for an examination is
       modified in order to optimize radiation dose, image quality is evaluated in order to ensure
       that the change does not result in inadequate image quality.
RADIOGRAPHY

In addition to the specific recommendations provided for radiography, the reader is referred to
the GENERAL recommendations section above.
   1.  Each facility should track, as part of its quality assurance program, the rate of images
       repeated or rejected for technical reasons. Deterioration in performance should be
       investigated.
   2.  Each facility should monitor, for clinical examinations, the indices of radiation dose to
       the image receptors of radiograph!c systems, especially those systems that do not provide
       automatic exposure control. Mobile radiographic systems typically lack automatic
       exposure control.
FLUOROSCOPY

In addition to the specific recommendations provided for fluoroscopy, the reader is referred to
the GENERAL recommendations section above.
   1.  The facility's procedures should be written with the understanding that fluoroscopy can
       deliver a significant radiation dose to the patient, even when used properly.
   2.  The facility should ensure that every person who operates or directs the operation of
       fluoroscopic equipment is trained in the safe use of the equipment.
   3.  The facility should ensure that Radiological Medical Practitioners only supervise studies
       that they themselves are appropriately trained to perform.
   4.  When a facility purchases fluoroscopic equipment, the additional cost of including dose-
       reduction technology is justified because the reduction in patient radiation dose can be
       considerable.
   5.  Some types of fluoroscopic procedures are considered potentially high-dose (i.e., >5% of
       cases result in a cumulative air kerma >3 Gy). The facility should ensure that there are
       additional training requirements for operators and additional equipment requirements for
       these types of procedures.
   6.  The facility should ensure that patient radiation dose data, including patient skin dose
       data when available, are collected and reviewed for QA purposes and are recorded in the
       patient's medical record.
   7.  The facility should have a policy that ensures that when a patient may have received a
       radiation dose high enough to result in a tissue injury,  the operator is informed of the
                                           93

-------
       radiation dose, places an appropriate notation in the patient's medical record, and
       provides clinical follow-up, as appropriate.
COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY

In addition to the specific recommendations provided for computed tomography, the reader is
referred to the GENERAL recommendations section above.
    1.  Facilities should ensure that advances in techniques and technology that reduce radiation
       dose are used, and used properly.
    2.  Facilities should implement suitable Notification Values and Alert Values on CT
       scanners that comply with the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
       Computed Tomography Dose Check standard.
    3.  Facilities should image only the area of anatomy in question, acquire only the necessary
       sequences, and select and adjust the protocol to ensure that the patient is examined using
       the appropriate techniques and dose.
    4.  It is strongly recommended that facilities establish procedures to avoid inadvertent or
       unapproved modification of CT protocols.
    5.  The facility should establish a radiation protocol workgroup or committee that includes a
       physician expert in CT, a technologist expert in CT, and a QMP to review and optimize
       CT protocols.
    6.  The facility should ensure that CT dose indices are recorded as part of the patient record
       in the imaging study or medical record and are monitored as part of the quality assurance
       program.
    7.  Each facility should track, as part of its quality assurance program, the number of studies
       repeated or rejected for technical reasons, patient motion, and other causes.
BONE DENSITOMETRY

In addition to the specific recommendations provided for bone densitometry, the reader is
referred to the GENERAL recommendations section above.
    1.  Each facility's quality assurance program should assess accuracy by scanning a phantom
       on each day of use, and should assess precision by performing repeated examinations of a
       limited number of patients with their consent. When replacing hardware that may affect
       accuracy or when replacing an entire DXA system, the facility should perform cross-
       calibration by scanning a limited number of patients, with their consent, before and after
       the change.
    2.  Facilities should  establish a range of acceptable precision performance and ensure each
       technologist is trained and meets this standard.
    3.  Facilities should  ensure that patients imaged for precision and cross-calibration studies
       are representative of the facility's patient population.
    4.  Facilities should  ensure that practitioners who interpret bone densitometry results are
       knowledgeable in this field and do not rely solely on a report produced by the equipment.
                                           94

-------
DENTAL IMAGING

In addition to the specific recommendations provided for dental imaging, the reader is referred to
the GENERAL and DIAGNOSTIC REFERENCE LEVELS recommendations sections above.
   1.  Facilities should prescribe dental radiographs only following an evaluation of the
       patient's needs that includes a health history review, a clinical dental history assessment,
       a clinical examination and an evaluation of susceptibility to dental diseases.
   2.  Facilities using film should use the fastest and most appropriate film. For panoramic and
       other extraoral projections using film, the film should be spectrally matched to its
       appropriate rare earth intensifying screen.
   3.  Facilities should use image receptor holding devices for proper film, PSP or sensor
       positioning whenever possible.
   4.  When it will not interfere with the examination, facilities shall provide thyroid shielding
       for children and should provide it for adults.
   5.  Dental clinics that use film should process the film following the manufacturer's
       guidance, and establish a QA program for monitoring film processing that includes
       monitoring film processing darkrooms and daylight loaders for light leaks and safelight
       performance.
   6.  Dental clinics should review their imaging protocols, and ensure that the x-ray beam is
       collimated to the area of interest. For intraoral imaging, rectangular collimation is
       preferable. For cone beam CT (CBCT), the smallest field-of view that achieves the
       diagnostic objective should be used.
   7.  Facilities should consider CBCT as an adjunct to standard oral imaging modalities and
       use it only after reviewing the patient's health and imaging history and completing a
       thorough clinical examination.
   8.  Facilities should monitor retakes and provide training on ways to reduce the number of
       retakes.
VETERINARY IMAGING

In addition to the specific recommendations provided for veterinary imaging, the reader is
referred to the GENERAL recommendations section above.
    1.  Facilities should ensure that the veterinary medical application of x-ray imaging
       equipment is performed only by or under the general supervision of a veterinarian
       properly trained and credentialed to operate such equipment.
    2.  Facilities should ensure that individuals who routinely use veterinary x-ray imaging
       equipment have a basic understanding of animal handling and behavior, animal
       positioning techniques, and the use of medical x-rays.
    3.  Facilities should ensure that armored gloves (welding gloves) are used to augment
       restraint of fractious animals, when needed, but should not replace knowledge and
       utilization of appropriate handling techniques and proper pain control, sedation, or
       anesthesia for patients. Lead-lined gloves will not protect against bites that could
       puncture the lead.
    4.  Facilities should have animal sedatives and holding devices available, and ensure they are
       used appropriately by trained and authorized individuals to provide the least restraint
                                           95

-------
       required to allow the specific procedure(s) to be performed properly; minimize fear, pain,
       stress and suffering for the animal; and protect both the animal and personnel from harm.
    5.  Facilities should not allow anyone to routinely hold animal patients during x-ray
       examinations.
IMAGING INFORMATICS

    1.  Facilities should establish infrastructure for collecting, storing, reporting and analyzing
       dosimetry data from patient examinations. Facilities should track these data
       longitudinally and use them to facilitate dose optimization. Facilities should address the
       data acquisition, networking,  storage, analysis, reporting and security requirements of
       existing and planned future diagnostic devices.
    2.  Facilities should use interoperable digital information systems to the greatest extent
       possible.
    3.  Facilities should give preference to equipment with standardized dose  reporting systems
       when making purchasing decisions.
    4.  Facilities should ensure that their health professionals use digital information systems, in
       part to help avoid the ordering of unnecessary or inappropriate imaging studies.
    5.  Facilities should ensure that patient information in EHRs at all medical facilities is
       shared, ideally through a common interface, and available to the practitioner.
                                            96

-------
                        ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

AAPM       American Association of Physicists in Medicine
ACC         American College of Cardiology
ACCF        American College of Cardiology Foundation
ACGME     Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education
ACR         American College of Radiology
ACS         American Cancer Society
AD          Achievable dose
ADA         American Dental Association
AHA         American Heart Association
ALARA      as low as reasonably achievable
ARRT        American Registry of Radiologic Technologists
ATSDR      Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
BEIR        Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation
BID         beam indicating device
BMD        bone mineral density
CBCT        cone beam computed tomography (cone beam CT)
CFR         Code of Federal Regulations
CIRSE       Cardiovascular and Interventional Radiology Society of Europe
cm          centimeter
CNMT       Certified Nuclear Medicine Technologist
CR          computed radiography
CRCPD      Conference of Radiological Control Program Directors
CT          computed tomography
CTDI        computed tomography dose index
CTDIvoi      volumetric CTDI
DAP         dose-area product (units are Gy-cm2)
DC          direct current
DDR         Direct digital radiography
DOS         Doctor of Dental Surgery
DEXA       see DXA
DHHS        U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
DLP         dose length product
DoD         U.S. Department of Defense
DR          digital radiography
DRT         Diagnostic Radiologic Technologist
DXA         dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (formerly DEXA)
EHR         Electronic Health Record
El           exposure index
EPA         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ESE         entrance skin exposure
ESEG        entrance skin exposure guide
FDA         U.S. Food and Drug Administration
FGI         Fluoroscopically-guided interventional
FGR         Federal Guidance Report
                                         97

-------
FOV         field of view
GI           gastrointestinal
GSD         genetically significant dose
Gy           gray (radiation dose, equal to 100 rem). Subunit is mGy (milligray)
HRS         Heart Rhythm Society
IAC         Intersocietal Accreditation Commission
ICRP        International Commission on Radiological Protection
LEG         International Electrotechnical Commission
IRB         Institutional Review Board
ISCD        International Society for Clinical Densitometry
ISCORS     Interagency Steering Committee on Radiation Standards
KAP         kerma area product
kerma       kinetic energy released in matter (type of radiation measurement in air)
kV           kilovolts
kVp         kilovolts potential (or kilovolts peak)
LSC         least significant change
mA         milliampere
mAs         milliampere-second
MDCT       multi-row detector computed tomography (multi-detector CT)
MQSA       Mammography Quality Standards Act
mrem        millirem
mSv         millisievert
NCI         National Cancer Institute
NCRP       National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements
NEMA       National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NEXT       Nationwide Evaluation of X-ray Trends
Nffl         National Institutes of Health
OSHA       Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OSL         optically stimulated luminescence
PACS       picture archiving and communication system
PET         positron emission tomography
PSD         peak skin dose
PSP         photostimulable phosphor
QA         quality assurance
QC          quality control
QI           quality improvement
QMP        Qualified Medical Physicist
RCIS        Registered Cardiovascular Invasive Specialists
rem         Traditional radiation unit for equivalent dose (product of absorbed dose [rad] and
             radiation weighting factor). Subunit is mrem (millirem) or jirem (microrem)
RSO         Radiation Safety Officer
RT(N)       Radiologic Technologist Nuclear qualification
SCAI        Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions
SPECT       single photon emission computed tomography
SIR         S oci ety of Interventi onal Radi ol ogy
SSD         source-to-skin distance
                                          98

-------
SSDE        size-specific dose estimate (AAPM 201 Ib)
Sv           sievert (International System of Units for equivalent dose or effective dose).
             Subunit is mSv (millisievert) or jiSv (microsievert)
TJC         The Joint Commission
TLD         thermoluminescent dosimeter
USPSTF     U.S. Preventive Services Task Force
USN         United States Navy
VA          U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs
                                          99

-------
                                      GLOSSARY

As needed, the source of the definition is referenced at the end of the definition.

Acceptance test - a test carried out after new equipment has been installed or major
   modifications have been made to existing equipment, in order to verify compliance with the
   manufacturer's specifications, contractual specifications and applicable local regulations or
   equipment standards.
Achievable dose (AD) level - a dose set at approximately the median (50th percentile) of a dose
   distribution as a target that can be used in conjunction with DRLs as a guide to gauge the
   success of optimization efforts (ACR-AAPM 2013b; NCRP 2012).
Adequate image - an image that provides the information needed to answer the clinical question
   at an optimized dose, i.e., the lowest dose possible to produce that image.
Adequate image quality  - image quality sufficient for the clinical purpose. Whether the image
   quality is adequate depends on the modality being used and the clinical question being asked.
ALARA (as low as reasonably achievable) - a principle of radiation protection philosophy that
   requires that  exposures to ionizing radiation be kept as low as reasonably achievable,
   economic and social  factors being taken into account. The protection from radiation exposure
   is ALARA when the expenditure of further resources would be unwarranted by the reduction
   in exposure that would be achieved.
Alert value - see dose alert value.
Ancillary personnel - personnel beyond the  operational medical staff who provide support
   services.
Angiography - radiography of vessels after the injection of a radi opaque contrast material;
   usually requires percutaneous insertion of a radi opaque catheter and positioning under
   fluoroscopic  control  (Stedman 2006).
Attenuation - reduction in radiation intensity by interaction with matter, such as by the use of
   shielding.
Backscatter - a Compton scattering event in which a photon strikes an object and deflects  at an
   angle greater than 90°, i.e., in a direction back toward its source.
Beam indicating device (BID) - a lead lined tube attached to an x-ray tube head through which
   the primary x-ray beam will travel; used by the operator,  especially in a dental setting,  to
   align the beam with the image receptor.
Benefit - the probability or quantifiable likelihood that health will improve or deterioration will
   be prevented as a result of performing or not performing a medical procedure.
Benefitrisk ratio - a determination (possibly subjective) of the benefit to the patient from
   undergoing a procedure involving imaging using ionizing radiation compared with the risk to
   the patient from receiving a radiation dose associated with the consequent imaging.
   Maximizing the benefitrisk ratio involves balancing the benefitrisk ratio to the patient from
   an x-ray procedure against that from alternatives  (e.g., ultrasound, MRI, or no action).
                                           100

-------
Bone densitometry - the noninvasive measurement of certain physical characteristics of bone
   that reflect bone strength (typically reported as bone mineral content or bone mineral
   density); used for diagnosing osteoporosis, estimating fracture risk, and monitoring changes
   in bone mineral content.
Caregiver - a family member or other individual who regularly looks after a child or a sick,
   elderly or disabled person
Collimator - a device used to reduce the cross-sectional area of the useful beam of photons or
   electrons with an absorbing material.
Computed radiography (CR; also see DR and DDR) - a projection x-ray imaging method in
   which a cassette houses a sensor plate rather than photographic film. This photo-stimulable
   phosphor-coated plate captures a latent image when exposed to x-rays and, when processed,
   releases light that is converted to a digital image.
Computed tomography (CT) - the production of a tomogram by the acquisition and computer
   processing of x-ray transmission data (NCRP 2000).
Cone - an open-ended device on a dental x-ray machine designed to indicate the direction of the
   central ray and to serve as a guide in establishing a desired source-to-image receptor distance
   (NCRP 2000).
Cone Beam Computed Tomography (CBCT) - A digital volume tomography method used in
   some imaging applications. It employs  a two dimensional digital detector array and a cone-
   shape x-ray beam (instead of fan-shaped) that rotates around the patient to generate a high-
   resolution, 3D image with high geometric accuracy. Reconstruction algorithms can be used
   to generate images of any desired plane.
Controlled area -a limited-access area in which the occupational exposure of personnel to
   radiation is under the supervision of an individual in charge of radiation protection. This
   implies that access, occupancy and working conditions are controlled for radiation protection
   purposes (NCRP 2004a).
Credential - diploma, certificate or other evidence of adequate educational performance that
   gives one a title or credit.
CTDI - computed tomography dose index. The integral of the dose profile along a line
   perpendicular to the tomographic plane divided by the product of the nominal tomographic
   section thickness and the number of tomograms produced in a single scan (FDA 2014f). The
   unit of measure is mGy.
CTDIvoi - a radiation dose parameter (in units of mGy)  derived from the CTDIW (weighted or
   average CTDI given across the field of view), measured with a specific phantom. The
   formula, modified to work for both axial and helical scans (McNitt-Gray 2002), is:
       CTDIvoi = NT CTDIw / I, where
          CTDIw = weighted or average CTDI given across the field of view
          N = number of simultaneous axial or helical sections per x-ray source rotation,
          T = nominal thickness of one section  (mm),  and
          I = table increment per axial scan or table travel per rotation for a helical scan (mm).
CTDIw - weighted or average CTDI given  across the field of view.
                                          101

-------
Cumulative air kerma (also called Reference Air Kerma) - air kerma at a reference point that is
    selected for reporting purposes and established by regulation (FDA 2014e) or by convention
    (TEC 2010).
Declared pregnant woman - a woman who is an occupational radiation worker and has
    voluntarily informed her employer, in writing, of her pregnancy and the estimated date of
    conception (USNRC 2014b; USNRC 2014c).
Deterministic effects (also called tissue effects) - effects that occur in all individuals who receive
    greater than the threshold dose and for which the severity of the effect varies with the dose
    (NCRP 2003).
Diagnosis - the determination of the nature of a disease, injury or congenital defect (Stedman
    2006).
Diagnostic reference level - a level used in medical  imaging to indicate whether, in routine
    conditions, the dose to the patient in a specified radiological procedure is unusually high or
    low for that procedure.
Digital radiography (DR) - an x-ray imaging method (or radiography) which produces a digital
    rather than film projection image. Includes both  CR and DDR.
Direct digital radiography (DDR; also see CR and DR) - an x-ray imaging method in which a
    digital sensor, rather than photographic film, is used to capture an x-ray image. DDR is a
    cassette-less imaging method (providing faster acquisition time than cassette-based CR)
    using an electronic sensor that converts x-rays to electronic signals (charge or current) when
    exposed to x-rays.
Dose - a measure of the energy deposited by radiation in a target. Used in this report as a generic
    term unless the context refers to a specific quantity, such as absorbed dose, committed
    equivalent dose, committed effective dose, effective dose, equivalent dose or organ dose, as
    indicated by the context. Specific dose terms are listed below.
    Air kerma - sum of the kinetic energy released in a small volume of air at a specific point in
       space during a specified event or time frame when irradiated by an x-ray beam.
    Cumulative air kerma - see definition above Cumulative dose - (1) total radiation dose
       delivered to any specific organ or tissue, (2) term previously used in the clinical literature
       for cumulative air kerma.
    Dose-area product (DAP) - see kerma-area product.
    Dose alert value - a value of CTDIvoi (in units of mGy) or of DLP (in units of mGycm) that
       is set by the facility to trigger an alert to the operator prior to scanning within an ongoing
       examination if it would be exceeded by  an accumulated dose index on acquisition of the
       next confirmed protocol element group. An alert value represents a value above which
       the accumulated dose index value would be well above the institution's established range
       for the  examination that warrants more stringent review and consideration before
       proceeding. (See dose notification value.)
    Dose equivalent - the product of the absorbed dose at a point in the tissue or organ and the
       appropriate quality factor for the type of radiation giving rise to the dose.
    Dose length product (DLP) - an indicator of the  integrated radiation dose from a CT
       sequence or series of CT sequences of the same anatomic area. It addresses the total scan
                                           102

-------
       length by the formula DLP = CTDIvoi x scan length, with the units mGycm.
   Dose notification value - a value of CTDIvoi (in units of mGy) or DLP (in units of mGycm)
       that is set by the operating institution to trigger a notification to the operator prior to
       scanning when exceeded by  a corresponding dose index value expected for the selected
       protocol element. (See dose  alert value.)
   Dose registry - see registry.
   Effective dose (E) (traditionally  called effective dose equivalent (HE)) - the radiation
       protection quantity used for  setting limits that help ensure that stochastic effects (i.e.,
       cancer and genetic effects) are kept within acceptable levels. The SI unit of effective dose
       is the J kg"1, and is abbreviated HE. The unit of E and HT is joule per kilogram (J-kg^1),
       with the special name sievert (Sv). It is numerically equal to a radiation weighting factor
       (COR,  also written WR) multiplied by a tissue weighting factor (COT,  also written WT) and the
       absorbed dose from that radiation in tissue T (DT,R) in gray. Identically, it is the
       equivalent dose multiplied by a tissue weighting factor. 1  Sv = 100 rem (NCRP 2003).
       (See equivalent dose, tissue weighting factor, gray, rad, rem and sievert.) The formula is:
          HE = XT WT £R WR DT,R = £T HT WT
              where
              HE = the effective dose (formerly effective dose equivalent) to the entire
                 individual,
              WT = the tissue weighting factor in tissue T,
              HT = the equivalent dose (or dose equivalent),
              WR = the radiation weighting factor, and
              DT,R = the absorbed dose to tissue T from radiation type R.
   Equivalent dose (HT) (traditionally called dose equivalent) - the radiation protection quantity
       used for setting limits that help ensure that deterministic effects (e.g., damage to a
       particular tissue) are kept within acceptable levels. The SI unit of equivalent dose is the J
       kg"1, and is abbreviated HT. The unit for HT is J kg"1, with the special name sievert (Sv).
       It is numerically equal to a radiation weighting factor (WR) [or quality factor (Q)]
       multiplied by the absorbed dose in tissue T (DT.R). 1 Sv = 100 rad (NCRP 2003). (See
       effective dose, tissue weighting factor, gray, rad, rem  and sievert.) The formula is:
          HT = £R WR DT,R or £R QR DT,R
              where
              WR = radiation weighting factor,
              DT,R = absorbed dose to tissue T from radiation type R, and
              QR = quality factor.
   Kerma-area product (KAP) (also called dose-area product (DAP)) - the product of the air
       kerma and the area of the irradiated field. It is measured in Gycm2. It does not change
       with distance from the x-ray tube. KAP is a good measure of total energy delivered to the
       patient, and an indicator of the risk of stochastic effects, but is not a good indicator of the
       risk of tissue  (deterministic)  effects.
   Reference point dose - see cumulative air kerma.
   Skin dose - radiation dose to the dermis.
Dose creep - an increase in exposure that goes unnoticed as there is no optical density reference.
   This normally does not apply to  a decrease in exposure since it would be evident by
                                           103

-------
   increased noise level in images (Seibert and Morin 2011).
Dosimeter - dose measuring device (NCRP 2003).
Electronic Health Record (EHR) - an electronic record of health-related information on an
   individual that is created, gathered, managed and consulted by authorized health
   professionals and staff (Congress 2007).
Engineering controls - In the context of radiation protection, these controls focus on the source
   of the hazard (i.e., ionizing radiation), unlike other types of controls that generally focus on
   the employee exposed to the hazard. The basic concept behind engineering controls is that, to
   the extent feasible, the work environment and the job itself should be designed to eliminate
   hazards or reduce exposure to hazards. While this approach is called engineering control, it
   does not necessarily mean that an engineer is required to design the control (OSHA 2014b).
Exposure - in this report, exposure is used most often in its general sense, meaning to be
   irradiated. When used as the specifically defined radiation quantity, exposure is a measure  of
   the ionization produced in air by x or gamma radiation.  The unit of exposure is coulomb per
   kilogram (C kg"1). The special unit for exposure is roentgen (R), where 1 R =
   2.58xlQ-4Ckg-1.
Exposure categories:
   Medical exposure - exposure incurred by patients for the purpose of medical or dental
       diagnosis or treatment; by caregivers associated with medical, dental and veterinary
       procedures; and by volunteers in a program of biomedical research involving their
       exposure as research subjects.
   Occupational exposure - exposure of workers incurred in the course of their work.
   Public exposure - exposure incurred by members of the public from sources in planned
       exposure situations, emergency exposure situations, and existing exposure situations,
       including incidental medical exposure, but excluding any occupational or prescribed
       medical exposure.
Exposure index (El) - a dimensionless quantity equal to 100 times the image receptor air kerma
   (in |iGy) under the calibration  conditions  (Kcai) (IEC 2008). El = 100xKcai.
Federal facility - a facility that is owned, leased or operated by the federal government.  The
   guidelines do not specifically apply to federally funded research protocols  conducted in any
   other type facility that is part of local,  state, tribal, territorial or other entities,  even if
   federally funded. However, such facilities are encouraged to use this guidance.
Film/film radiograph - film is a thin, transparent sheet of polyester or similar material coated on
   one or both sides with an emulsion sensitive to radiation and light; a radiograph is a film or
   other record produced by the action of x-rays on a sensitized surface (NCRP 2003).
Filtration - material in the useful beam that usually absorbs preferentially the less penetrating
   radiation (NCRP 2003).
Fluoroscopy - the process of producing a  real-time image using x-rays (NCRP 2003).
Gamma ray - a photon emitted in the process of nuclear transition or radioactive decay.
Gray (Gy) - the special SI name for the unit of the quantities absorbed dose and air kerma.
                                           104

-------
    1 Gy = 1 J kg l (see rad, rem, gray and sievert).
Guidance level - optimal range of detector exposure index values that should be based on patient
    body habitus, anatomical view, clinical question and other relevant factors.
Health physics - the field of science concerned with radiation physics and radiation biology and
    their application to radiation protection. Health physicists may specialize in nuclear power,
    environmental and waste management, laws and regulations, dosimetry, emergency response,
    medicine or a host of other sub-specialties where radiation is utilized. Of particular interest
    for this document  is the medical health physics sub-specialty.
Health physicist - a health professional with education and specialist training in the concepts and
    techniques of applying physics in medical, environmental or occupational  settings, or
    competent to practice independently in one or more of the subfield specialties of medical
    physics or in health physics.
Health professional -  an individual who has been formally recognized through appropriate
    national procedures to practice a profession related to health (e.g., medicine, dentistry,
    chiropractic, podiatry, nursing, veterinary medicine) (adapted from (IAEA 201 la)).
Helical - spiral in form; a curve traced on a cylinder (or human body) by the rotation of a point
    crossing its right section at a constant oblique angle.
Image - representation of an object produced by machine-produced ionizing radiation.
Image receptor - a system for deriving a diagnostically usable image from the x-rays transmitted
    through the patient (NCRP 2003).
Imaging referral guidelines - evidence-based guidelines that are intended to assist Referring
    Medical Practitioners in selecting the most appropriate imaging examination for a specific
    clinical condition in a specific patient. Imaging referral guidelines are an important tool for
    justification of imaging procedures.
Incidental exposure -  exposure not associated with the primary purpose for which it was
    delivered.
Informed consent - voluntary agreement given by a person or that person's legally authorized
    representative (DHHS 2013b) (e.g., a parent) for participation in a study, immunization
    program, treatment regimen, invasive procedure, etc., after being informed of the purpose,
    methods, procedures, benefits and risks. The essential criteria of informed consent are that
    the subject has both knowledge and comprehension, that consent is freely given without
    duress or undue influence and that the right of withdrawal at any time is clearly
    communicated to the patient. Other aspects of informed consent in the context of
    epidemiologic and biomedical research, and criteria to be met in obtaining it, are specified in
    International Guidelines for Ethical Review of Epidemiologic Studies (Chanaud 2008;
    CIOMS/WHO 2009) and International Ethical Guidelines for Biomedical Research Involving
    Human Subjects (CIOMS/WHO 2002).
Intensifying screen - a device consisting of fluorescent material, which is placed in contact with
    the film in a radiographic cassette. Radiation interacts with the fluorescent material, releasing
    light photons, (adapted from (NCRP 2003)).
                                           105

-------
Interlock - device that automatically shuts off or reduces the radiation emission rate from a
   radiation producing device to acceptable levels (e.g., by the opening of a door into a radiation
   area). In certain applications, an interlock can be used to prevent entry into a treatment room.
Intraoral image - image produced on an image receptor placed intraorally (inside the mouth) and
   lingually or palatally to the teeth (adapted from (NCRP 2003)).
Intervention - any measure taken to alter the course of medical diagnosis whose purpose is to
   improve a health outcome.
Isocenter - the small point in space (or generally spherical or elliptical volume) where the central
   axes of radiation beams emitted during the rotational swing of an x-ray tube gantry intersect.
Justification - the process of determining for a planned exposure situation whether a practice is,
   overall, beneficial, i.e., whether the expected benefits to individuals and to society from
   introducing or continuing the practice outweigh the harm (including radiation  detriment)
   resulting from the practice (IAEA 201 la).
Kerma (kinetic energy released per unit mass, or kinetic energy released in matter) - the sum of
   the initial kinetic energies of all the charged  particles liberated by uncharged particles (e.g.,
   x-rays) in a material of mass 5m (IAEA 201 la). The unit for kerma is J-kg"1, with the special
   name gray (Gy). Kerma can be quoted for any specified material at a point in free space or in
   an absorbing medium (e.g., air kerma).
Kerma-area product (KAP, also called dose-area product or DAP) - the product of the air kerma
   and the area of the irradiated field, measured in Gycm2. It does not change with distance
   from the x-ray tube.  KAP is a good measure of total energy delivered to the patient, and an
   indicator of the risk of stochastic effects, but is not a good indicator of the risk of tissue
   (deterministic) effects.
Licensed independent practitioner - any individual permitted by law and by the organization to
   provide care and services, without direction or supervision, within the scope of the
   individual's license and consistent with individually granted clinical privileges (see Referring
   Medical Practitioner and Radiological Medical Practitioner).
Mammography - the use of x-rays to produce a diagnostic image  of the breast.
Medical exposure - exposure incurred by patients for the purposes of medical or dental diagnosis
   or treatment; by carers and comforters (caregivers); and by volunteers subject to exposure as
   part of a program of biomedical research (IAEA 201 la).
Medical health physics - the profession dedicated to the protection of healthcare providers,
   members of the  public and patients from unwarranted radiation exposure. Medical health
   physicists are knowledgeable in the principles of health physics and in the applications of
   radiation in medicine. While medical physics and medical health physics have a number of
   similarities and  overlapping fields of study and interest, the emphasis of practice or day-to-
   day routines may be different.
Medical physics - an applied branch of physics concerned with the application of the concepts of
   physics to the diagnosis and treatment of human disease. It is allied with medical electronics,
   bioengineering and health physics. The Medical Physicist's clinical practice focuses on
   methods to assure the safe and effective delivery of radiation to  achieve a diagnostic or
   therapeutic result as  prescribed in patient care.
                                           106

-------
Medical physicist - a health professional with education and specialist training in the concepts
    and techniques of applying physics in medicine, competent to practice independently in one
    or more of the subfield specialties of medical physics (IAEA 201 la).
Medical radiologic technologist (MRT) - a health professional with specialist education and
    training in medical radiation technology, competent to carry out radiological procedures, on
    delegation from the Radiological Medical Practitioner, in one or more of the specialties of
    medical radiation technology (IAEA 201 la).
Members of the public - all persons who are not already considered occupationally exposed by a
    source or practice under consideration. When being irradiated as a result of medical care,
    patients are a separate category.
Notification Value - see dose notification value.
Occupational exposure - exposure to an individual that is incurred in the workplace as a result of
    situations that can reasonably be regarded as being the responsibility of management
    (exposures associated with medical diagnosis or treatment of the individual are excluded)
    (NCRP 2003).
Optically stimulated luminescent (OSL) dosimeter - a dosimeter containing a crystalline solid
    for measuring radiation dose, plus filters to help characterize the types of radiation
    encountered. When irradiated with intense light, OSL crystals that have been exposed to
    ionizing radiation give off light proportional to the energy they receive from the radiation
    (NCRP 2003).
Optimal dose - the minimum radiation dose required to be delivered by an x-ray imaging system
    to produce an image that is of adequate quality for the intended purpose. This requires that
    the x-ray generator and imaging equipment are working appropriately. (See adequate image.)
Optimization of protection - the process of determining what level of protection and safety
    would result in the magnitude of individual doses, the number of individuals (workers and
    members  of the public) subject to exposure and the likelihood of exposure being "as low as
    reasonably achievable, economic and social factors being taken into account" (ALARA) (as
    required by the System of Radiological Protection). For medical exposures of patients, the
    optimization of protection and safety is the management of the radiation dose to the patient
    commensurate with the medical purpose. "Optimization of protection and safety" means that
    optimization of protection and safety has been applied and the result of that process has been
    implemented (IAEA 201 la).
Peak skin dose - the maximum absorbed dose to the most heavily irradiated localized region of
    skin (i.e.,  the localized region of skin that lies within the primary x-ray beam for the longest
    period of time during a fluoroscopically guided procedure). PSD is measured in units of Gy
    (ICRP 2013a).
Personal protective equipment - specialized clothing or equipment (e.g., lead or lead equivalent
    radiation protection apron, gloves, thyroid collar, eyeglasses) worn by an employee to protect
    against a hazard. General work clothes not intended to serve as a protection against a hazard
    are not considered to be personal protective equipment.
Phantom - as used in this report, a volume of tissue- or water-equivalent material used to
    simulate the absorption and scattering characteristics of the patient's body or portion thereof.
                                           107

-------
Picture archiving and communications system (PACS) - electronic system for the archival
   storage and transfer of information associated with x-ray images.
Pitch - in CT, table incrementation per x-ray tube rotation divided by the nominal x-ray beam
   width at isocenter.
Potentially-high radiation dose procedure - a procedure for which more than 5% of cases of that
   procedure result in a cumulative air kerma exceeding 3 Gy or a kerma area product
   exceeding 300 Gycm2 (NCRP 2010).
Prescribe - the process of requesting or ordering an exam to be performed, or the process of
   determining how an exam should be done in order to optimize the choice of study and
   protocol, and optimize the radiation dose.
Protocol  - selected parameters for image acquisition that define the portion of the patient's
   anatomy to be imaged, whether and how contrast agents will be administered, the number
   and timing of imaging sequences, and acquisition technical parameters (pitch, collimation or
   beam width, kV, mA (constant or modulated and specifying the parameters determining the
   balance between image noise and patient dose), rotation time, physiologic gating, image
   quality factors, and reconstruction method.
Pulsed (as in pulsed fluoroscopy) - x-rays not produced continuously, but in rapid succession as
   pulses. Reduces dose by using a lower pulse rate (e.g., 15 or 7.5 pulses/sec) in conjunction
   with digital image memory to provide a continuous video display.
Qualified expert - for radiation protection, a person having the knowledge and training to
   measure ionizing radiation, to evaluate safety techniques, and to advise regarding radiation
   protection needs (e.g., persons certified in an appropriate field by the American  Board of
   Radiology, or the American Board of Health Physics, or the American Board of Nuclear
   Medicine Science or persons otherwise determined to have equivalent qualifications). For
   diagnostic x-ray performance evaluations, a person having, in addition to the qualifications
   above, training and experience in the physics of diagnostic radiology (for example, persons
   certified in Radiological Physics, X Ray and Radium Physics or Diagnostic Radiological
   Physics by the American Board of Radiology or persons determined to have equivalent
   qualifications) (NCRP 1989b).
Qualified Medical Physicist (QMP) - an individual who is competent to practice independently
   in the relevant subfield of medical physics. For the purposes of this document, the relevant
   subfield is diagnostic radiological physics or medical health physics. Certification and
   continuing education and experience in the relevant subfield is one way to demonstrate that
   an individual is competent to practice in that subfield of medical physics and to  be a QMP.
   Due to their unique mission requirements, the uniformed services may need to develop their
   own criteria for determining when a physicist is a "Qualified Medical Physicist" as defined in
   this document (http://www.aapm.org/medical_physicist/fields.asp).
Quality assurance - the function of a management system that provides confidence that specified
   requirements will be fulfilled. In medical imaging, quality assurance refers to those steps that
   are taken to make sure that a facility consistently produces images that are adequate for the
   purpose with optimal patient exposure and minimal operator exposure. It includes those
   organizational steps taken to make sure that testing techniques are properly performed and
   that the results of tests are used to effectively maintain a consistently high level  of image
                                          108

-------
    quality. An effective program includes assigning personnel to determine optimum testing
    frequency of the imaging devices, evaluate test results, schedule corrective action, provide
    training and perform ongoing evaluation and revision of the program.
Quality control - in medical imaging, quality control comprises the procedures used for the
    routine physical testing of the components of the imaging chain from x-ray production,
    through the viewing of images.
Quality improvement - in medical imaging, quality improvement is the use of quantitative and
    qualitative methods to improve the safety, effectiveness and efficiency of health care delivery
    processes and systems.
Rad - the special (traditional or historical) name for the unit of absorbed dose.
    1 rad = 0.01 J-kg"1. In the SI system of units, it is replaced by the special name gray (Gy).
    1 Gy = 100 rad (NCRP 2000). (See rad, rem, gray and sievert.)
Radiation medical event - a medical event which indicates that a facility had technical or quality
    assurance problems in administering the physician's orders. There is no scientific basis to
    conclude that such a medical event necessarily results in harm to  the patient. These events
    indicate a potential problem in a medical facility's use of radiation (CRCPD 2014).
Radiation safety committee - a committee composed of such persons as a radiological safety
    officer, a representative of management and persons trained and experienced in the safe use
    of radioactive materials, as required for each license to possess radioactive material.
Radiation Safety Officer - the individual whose responsibility it is to ensure adequate protection
    of workers and the public from exposure to ionizing radiation.
Radiation weighting factor, WR - a number (as specified in the System for Radiological
    Protection) by which the absorbed dose in a tissue or organ is  multiplied to reflect the relative
    biological effectiveness of the radiation in inducing stochastic effects at low doses, the result
    being the equivalent dose (IAEA 201 la).
Radiation worker - see worker.
Radiography - the production of images on film or other record by the action of x-rays
    transmitted through the patient (NCRP 2003).
Radiological Medical Practitioner - a health professional with specialist education and training
    in the medical (also dental or veterinary) uses of radiation who is competent to perform
    independently or to oversee procedures involving medical exposure in a given specialty
    (IAEA 201 la) (see licensed independent practitioner).
Reference level - see diagnostic reference level.
Referring Medical Practitioner - a health professional who, in accordance with national
    requirements, may refer individuals to a radiological medical practitioner for medical
    exposure (IAEA 201 la), e.g., physicians, dentists, podiatrists, chiropractors, nurse
    practitioners, physician assistants (see licensed independent practitioner).
Registry - central national repository for patient radiation dose and equipment parameter data.
Rem - the special (traditional or historical) name for the unit of dose equivalent numerically
    equal to the absorbed dose  (D) in rad, modified by a quality factor (Q). 1 rem = 0.01  J kg"1. In
                                           109

-------
   the SI system of units, it is replaced by the special name si evert (Sv), which is numerically
   equal to the absorbed dose (D) in gray modified by a radiation weighting factor (COR). 1 Sv =
   100 rem (NCRP 2003). (see rad, rem, gray, and sievert).
Research - a systematic investigation, including research development, testing and evaluation,
   designed to develop or contribute to generalizable knowledge. Activities which meet this
   definition constitute research for purposes of this document, whether or not they are
   conducted or supported under a program which is considered  research for other purposes. For
   example, some demonstration and service programs may include research activities.
   "Research subject to regulation," and similar terms are intended to encompass those research
   activities for which a federal department or agency has specific responsibility for regulating
   as a research activity, (e.g., Investigational New Drug and Investigational Device Exemption
   requirements administered by the Food and Drug Administration). It does not include
   research activities which are incidentally regulated by a federal department or agency solely
   as part of the department's or agency's broader responsibility to regulate certain types of
   activities whether research or non-research in nature (e.g., Wage and Hour requirements
   administered by the Department of Labor). (DHHS 2013a).
Resolution - see "spatial resolution (NCRP 2003).
Risk - the probability or quantifiable likelihood that a detriment to health will occur as a result of
   performing  or not performing a medical procedure.
Roentgen - the  special  name for exposure, which is a specific quantity of ionization (charge)
   produced by the absorption of x- or gamma-radiation energy in a specified mass of air under
   standard conditions. 1 R = 2.58 x 10'4 coulombs per kilogram (C kg'1) (NCRP 2003).
Screening - the evaluation of an asymptomatic person in a population to detect a disease process
   not known to be present at the time of evaluation.
Sievert (Sv) - The SI unit for both equivalent dose and effective dose is the J  kg"1, and the
   special  SI name is the sievert (Sv). For equivalent dose, 1 Sv = 100 rad. For effective dose,
   1 Sv = 100 rem. (See effective dose, equivalent dose, tissue weighting factor, gray, rad, rem.)
Signal-to-noise ratio - the ratio of input signal to background interference. The greater the ratio,
   the clearer the image (NCRP 2003).
Size-specific dose estimate (SSDE) - a patient dose estimate which takes into consideration
   corrections based on the size of the patient, using linear dimensions measured on the patient
   or patient images (AAPM 201 Ic).
Skin dose - radiation dose to the dermis, measured for example as entrance skin dose or peak
   skin dose.
Slice - a 2-dimensional reconstructed cross-sectional image depicting a patient's anatomy
   produced using x-rays, MRI, ultrasound, or other non-invasive means.
Spatial resolution - in the context of an imaging system, the output of which is finally viewed by
   the eye, it refers to the smallest size or highest spatial frequency of an object of given
   contrast that is just perceptible.  The resolution actually achieved with imaging lower contrast
   objects is  normally  much less, and depends upon  many variables such as subject contrast
   levels and noise of the overall imaging system (NCRP 2003).
                                           110

-------
Step wedge - a device with various thicknesses of aluminum used to verify the consistency of
   the x-ray and film processing systems. Typically each step of the step wedge is about 1 mm
   thick and about 3 to 4 mm wide with at least 6 steps. The device is placed on a film cassette
   and exposed under the exact same exposure parameters and geometry set up. The film is then
   developed and the steps are visually compared to the reference film identically exposed and
   processed in fresh solutions under ideal conditions. A reproducible change of one step or
   more in density should signal the need for corrective action.
Stochastic effects - effects, the probability of which, rather than their severity, is a function of
   radiation dose, implying the absence of a threshold. More generally, stochastic means
   random in nature (NCRP 2003).
Structured report - information, such as the clinical report of an imaging procedure,
   communicated using standardized content and definitions in a coherent, clinically relevant
   and predictable format.
Substantial Radiation Dose Level - An appropriately-selected reference value used to trigger
   additional dose-management actions during a procedure and medical follow-up for a
   radiation level that might produce a  clinically-relevant injury in an average patient. There is
   no implication that radiation levels above an SRDL will always cause an injury or that
   radiation levels below an SRDL will never cause an injury. The quantities and their SRDLs
   recommended by NCRP are provided in Table 4.7 of NCRP Report No. 168 (NCRP 2010).
Supervision, general - means the procedure is furnished under the supervising individual's
   overall direction and control, but the supervising individual's presence is not required during
   the performance of the procedure. Under general supervision, the training of the personnel
   who actually perform the task and the maintenance of the necessary  equipment and supplies
   are the continuing responsibility of the supervising individual (adapted from (DHHS 2012a)).
Supervision, direct - means the supervising individual must be present in the local area (for
   physicians, in the office suite) and immediately available to furnish assistance and direction
   throughout the performance of the procedure. It does not mean that the supervising individual
   must be present in the room when the task is performed (adapted from (DHHS 2012a)).
Supervision, personal - means the supervising individual must be in attendance in the room
   during the performance of the task (adapted from (DHHS 2012a)).
Technique factor - operator selectable parameter affecting the x-ray beam (e.g., kV, mA, time).
Tissue weighting factor, WT - multiplier of the equivalent dose to an organ or tissue, as given by
   the System for Radiological Protection, used for radiation protection purposes to account for
   the different sensitivities  of different organs and tissues to the induction of stochastic effects
   of radiation (IAEA 2011 a).
Tomography - a special technique to show in detail images of structures lying in a
   predetermined plane of tissue, while blurring or eliminating detail in images of structures in
   other planes (NCRP 2003).
Uncontrolled area - for radiation protection purposes, any space not meeting the definition of
   controlled area (NCRP 2004a).
Universal Protocol - The Joint Commission's process, developed to address wrong site, wrong
   procedure, and wrong person surgeries and other procedures. The three principal components
                                           111

-------
   of the Universal Protocol include a pre-procedure verification, site marking, and a timeout
   (The Joint Commission 2012a; The Joint Commission 2012b).
Unrestricted area - an area, access to which is neither limited nor controlled by the (facility)
   (USNRC 2014b).
Worker (i.e., radiation worker) - any person who works, whether full time, part time or
   temporarily, for an employer and who has recognized rights and duties in relation to
   occupational radiation protection (IAEA 201 la).
                                          112

-------
              APPENDIX A - NIH INFORMED CONSENT TEMPLATES
The guidance in this appendix is suitable for research involving diagnostic and interventional x-
ray procedures. It applies to radiation use indicated for research involving human subjects. It
excludes radiation oncology research, in which radiation doses to subjects may be much higher.
A discussion of human subjects research ethics, patient benefit:risk considerations and the role of
Institutional Review Boards is beyond the scope of this document, but is an essential process
prior to the conduct of research  involving human subjects.

The risk from research protocols involving radiation use indicated for research, as described
above, can be categorized into groups. A useful approach is to group risk as minimal, minor to
intermediate, or moderate. The templates on the following pages are adapted from those used by
the Nffl in 2012 (less than 1 mSv (100 mrem) "minimal" and 1-50 mSv (100 mrem - 5 rem)
"minor to intermediate"). Doses above 50 mSv (5 rem) may be considered to range from
moderate to substantial. The specific ranges and text may be adjusted as required by the specific
IRB (Nffl 2001; Nffl 2008a; Nffl 2008b; Nffl 2010).  Another  approach to selecting the dose
ranges and descriptors for these templates is shown below.
Classification schemes for use of E
as a qualitative indicator of stochastic risk
for diagnostic and interventional x-ray procedures
Range
ofE
(mSv)
<0.1
0.1-1
1-10
10-100
>100
Radiation Risk Descriptor
ICRP
Publication 621
(ICRP 1991b)
Trivial
Minor
Intermediate
Moderate

Martin1
(Martin 2007)
Negligible
Minimal
Very low
Low

NCRP Report
No. 168
(NCRP 20 10)
Negligible
Minimal
Minor
Low
Acceptable (in
context of the
expected benefit)
Expected Minimum
Individual or Societal
Benefit
Describable
Minor
Moderate
Substantial
Justifiable expectation of
very substantial individual
benefit
Table adapted from NCRP Report No. 168 (NCRP 2010)
1 These columns are provided as historical comparisons (ICRP 1991b; Martin 2007).
                                          A-l

-------
NEGLIGABLE TO MINIMAL RISK
Adapted from NIH TEMPLATE A (Total effective dose less than or equal to 1 mSv (100 mrem))

This research study involves exposure to radiation from (insert type of procedure or procedures).
Please note that this radiation exposure is not necessary for your medical care and is for research
purposes only.

The total amount of radiation you will receive in this study is from (insert maximum number) of
(insert description of type of x-ray procedure). The Radiation Safety Committee has reviewed
the use of radiation in this research study  and has approved this use as involving minimal risk
and necessary to obtain the research information desired.

You will receive a total of (XX) mSv or (YY) rem to your (insert highest-dosed organ, typically
skin) from participating in this study. All  other parts of your body will receive smaller amounts
of radiation. Although each organ will receive a different dose, the amount of radiation exposure
you will receive from this study is equal to a uniform whole-body exposure of less than (insert
total effective dose value). This calculated value is known as the "effective dose" and is used to
relate the dose received by each organ to a single value.

For comparison, the average person in the United States receives a radiation dose of 3 mSv
(300 mrem) per year from natural background sources, such as from the sun, outer space and
from radioactivity found naturally in the earth's air and soil. The dose that you will receive from
participation in this research study is about the same amount you would normally receive in
(insert number) months from these natural sources.

While there is no direct evidence that the small radiation dose received from participating
in this study is harmful, there is not sufficient evidence to guarantee that it is completely
safe. There may be an extremely small  increase in the risk of cancer.
                                          A-2

-------
MINOR TO LOW RISK
Adapted from Nffl TEMPLATE B (7 mSv < Total effective dose = < 50 mSv) or (700 mrem <
Total effective dose = < 5 rem)

This research study involves exposure to radiation from (insert type of procedure or procedures).
Please note that this radiation exposure is not necessary for your medical care and is for research
purposes only.

The total amount of radiation you will receive in this study is from (insert maximum number}
(scans or repetitions) of (insert description of type of x-ray procedure}.  The Radiation Safety
Committee has reviewed the use of radiation in this research study and has approved this use as
involving low risk (more than minimal but less than moderate) and necessary to obtain the
research information desired.

Although each organ will receive a different dose, the amount of radiation exposure you will
receive from this study is equal to a uniform whole-body exposure of less than (insert total
effective dose value}. This calculated value is known as the "effective dose" and  is used to relate
the dose received by each organ to a single value. The amount of radiation you will receive in
this study is less than the annual radiation dose of 50 mSv per year (5 rem per year) permitted for
someone who works with radiation on a daily basis.

For comparison, the average person in the United States receives a radiation dose of 3 mSv
(300 mrem) per year from natural background sources, such as from the sun, outer space and
from radioactivity found naturally in the earth's air and soil. The dose that you will receive from
participation in this research study is  about the same amount you would normally receive in
(insert number) months from these natural sources.

The effects of radiation exposure on humans have been studied for over 60 years. In fact,  these
studies are the most extensive ever done of any potentially harmful agent that could affect
humans. In all these studies, no harmful effect to humans has been observed from the levels of
radiation you will receive by taking part in this research study. However, scientists disagree on
whether radiation doses at these levels are harmful. Even though no effects have been observed,
some scientists believe that radiation  can be harmful at any dose - even  low doses such as those
received during this research.

While there is no direct evidence that the radiation dose received  from participating in this
study is harmful, there is indirect evidence it may not be completely safe. There may be a
small increase in the risk of cancer.

(INCLUSION OF THIS PARAGRAPH IS OPTIONAL) Some people may be concerned that
radiation exposure may have an effect on fertility or cause harm to future children.  The radiation
dose you will receive in this research study is well below the level that affects fertility. In
addition, radiation has never been shown to cause harm to the future children of  individuals who
have been exposed to radiation. Harm to future generations has been found only  in experiments
on animals that have received radiation doses much higher than the amount you will receive in
this study
                                          A-3

-------
                                  REFERENCES

NOTE: References are current as of the 2014 publication date, and some may be updated
or superseded in the future. The reader is encouraged to consult the publisher of any cited
document to determine the most current version.

AAE-AAOMR. 2010. Use of Cone-Beam-Computed Tomography in Endodontics. American
       Association of Endodontists and American Academy of Oral and Maxillofacial
       Radiology.
AAPM. 1993. AAPM Report No. 39: Specification and acceptance testing of computed
       tomography scanners. American Association of Physicists in Medicine.
AAPM. 1998. AAPM Report No. 58: Managing the use of Fluoroscopy in Medical Institutions.
       American Association of Physicists in Medicine.
AAPM. 2005. AAPM TGI 8 On-line Report No. 03: Assessment of Display Performance for
       Medical Imaging Systems. College Park, MD: American Association of Physicists in
       Medicine.
AAPM. 2006a. AAPM Report No. 93: Acceptance Testing and Quality Control of
       Photostimulable Storage Phosphor Imaging Systems. American Association of Physicists
       in Medicina.
AAPM. 2006b. AAPM Report No. 94: Validating Automatic Film Processor Performance.
       American Association of Physicists in Medicine.
AAPM. 2006c. AAPM Report Task Group 108: PET and PET/CT Shielding requirements.
       Medical Physics 33(1):4-15.
AAPM. 2008. AAPM Report No. 96: Measurement, Reporting, and Management of Radiation
       Dose in CT. American Association of Physicists in Medicine.
AAPM. 2009. AAPM Report No. 116: An Exposure Indicator for Digital Radiography. College
       Park, MD: American Association of Physicists in Medicine.
AAPM. 201 la. AAPM recommendations regarding notification and alert values for CT scanners:
       Guidelines for use of the NEMA XR 25 CT dose-check standard. American Association
       of Physicists in Medcine. p AAPM Dose Check Guidelines version 1.0 4/27/2011.
AAPM. 201 Ib. AAPM Report No. 204: Size-specific dose estimates (SSDE) in pediatric and
       adult body CT examinations. College Park, MD: American Association of Physicists in
       Medicine.
AAPM I,  Image Gently. 201 Ic. AAPM Report No. 204:  Size-specific dose estimated (SSDE) in
       pediatric and adult body CT examinations. Reston, VA.
ACCF. 2009. ACCF/ACR/AHA/ASE/ASNC/HRS/NASCI/RSNA/SAIP/SCAI/SCCT/SCMR
       2008 Health Policy Statement on Structured Reporting in Cardiovascular Imaging. J Am
       Coll Cardiol 53(1):76-90.
ACCF/AHA/SCAI. 2011. 2011 ACCF/AHA/SCAI Guideline for percutaneous coronary
       intervention. A report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American
       Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Society for Cardiovascular
       Angiography and Interventions. Journal of the American College of Cardiology
       58(24):e44-122.
ACCF/SCAI/AATS/AHA/ASE/ASNC/HFSA/HRS/SCCM/SCCT/SCMR/STS. 2012.
       ACCF/SCAI/AATS/AHA/ASE/ASNC/HFSA/HRS/SCCM/SCCT/SCMR/STS2012
       appropriate use criteria for diagnostic catheterization: a report of the American College of
                                       REF-1

-------
       Cardiology Foundation Appropriate Use Criteria Task Force, Society for Cardiovascular
       Angiography and Interventions, American Association for Thoracic Surgery, American
       Heart Association, American Society of Echocardiography, American Society of Nuclear
       Cardiology, Heart Failure Society of America, Heart Rhythm Society, Society of Critical
       Care Medicine, Society of Cardiovascular Computed Tomography, Society for
       Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance, Society of Thoracic Surgeons. J Thorac Cardiovasc
       Surgl44(l):39-71.
ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC/HFSA/SCCT. 2012.
       ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC/HFSA/SCCT 2012 appropriate use criteria for
       coronary revascularization focused update: a report of the American College of
       Cardiology Foundation Appropriate Use Criteria Task Force, Society for Cardiovascular
       Angiography and Interventions, Society of Thoracic  Surgeons, American Association for
       Thoracic Surgery, American Heart Association, American Society of Nuclear
       Cardiology, and the Society of Cardiovascular Computed Tomography. J Thorac
       Cardiovasc Surg 143(4):780-803.
ACR-AAPM-SIEVI. 2012a. ACR-AAPM-SIEVl Practice Guideline for Digital Radiography.
       Reston, VA: American College of Radiology.
ACR-AAPM-SIEVI. 2012b. ACR-AAPM-SIEVl Technical Standard for Electronic Practice of
       Medical Imaging. Reston, VA: American College of Radiology.
ACR-AAPM. 2012. ACR-AAPM technical standard for diagnostic medical physics performance
       monitoring of computed tomography (CT) equipment. Reston, VA: American College of
       Radiology.
ACR-AAPM. 2013 a. ACR-AAPM Technical standard for management of the use of radiation in
       fluoroscopic procedures. Reston, VA: American College of Radiology.
ACR-AAPM. 2013b. ACR-AAPM Practice Guideline for Diagnostic Reference Levels and
       Achievable Doses in Medical X-Ray Imaging. Reston, VA: American College of
       Radiology.
ACR-SIR. 2011. ACR-SIR Practice guideline on informed consent for imageguided procedures.
       American College of Radiology and Society of Interventional Radiology.
ACR-SPR-SSR. 2013. ACR-SPR-SSR practice guideline for the performance of dual-energy x-
       ray absorptiometry (DXA). American College of Radiology (ACR), Society for Pediatric
       Radiology (SPR), and  Society for Skeletal Radiology (SSR).
ACR-SPR. 2009. ACR-SPR practice guideline for the performance of radiography for scoliosis
       in children. American College of Radiology and Society of Pediatric Radiology.
ACR-SPR. 2013. ACR-SPR Practice guideline for imaging pregnant or potentially pregnant
       adolescents and women with ionizing radiation.
ACR. 1999. Mammography Quality Control Manual - Section on view box luminance. Reston,
       VA: American College of Radiology, p 286-296.
ACR. 2007. American College of Radiology white paper on radiation dose in medicine. J Am
       CollRadiol4:13.
ACR. 2009a. ACR-SIIM practice guideline for electronic medical information privacy and
       security. Practice Guidelines and Technical Standards 2007. Reston, VA: American
       College of Radiology.
ACR. 2009b. ACR practice guideline for the performance of computed tomography (CT)
       colonography in adults. Practice Guidelines and Technical Standards 2007. Reston, VA:
       American College of Radiology.
                                       REF-2

-------
ACR. 2010. ACR practice guideline for communication of diagnostic imaging findings. Reston,
       VA: American College of Radiology.
ACR. 2011. ACR technical standard for diagnostic medical physics performance monitoring of
       radiographic and fluoroscopic equipment. Reston, VA: American College of Radiology.
ACR. 2012a. ACR appropriateness criteria. Practice Guidelines and Technical Standards 2007,
       Last update 2012. Reston, VA: American College of Radiology.
ACR. 2012b. Computed Tomography: Quality Control Manual: American College of Radiology.
ACR. 2013. ACR practice guideline for the performance of screening and diagnostic
       mammography.  American College of Radiology.
ACS. 2013. American Cancer Society Lung Cancer Screening Guidelines. CA Cancer J Clin
       63:106-117.
ADA-FDA. 2012. Dental radiographic examinations: Recommendations for patient selection and
       limiting radiation exposure. American Dental Association and Food and Drug
       Administration.
ADA. 2012. The use of cone-beam computed tomography in dentistry:  an advisory statement
       from the American Dental Association Council on Scientific Affairs. J Am Dent Assoc
       143(8):899-902.
Alcaraz M, Parra C, Martinez Beneyto Y, Velasco E, Canteras M. 2009. Is it true that the
       radiation  dose to which patients are exposed has decreased with modern radiographic
       films? Dentomaxillofac Radiol 38(2):92-7.
Amis ES, Jr., Butler PF, Applegate KE, Birnbaum SB, Brateman LF, Hevezi JM, Mettler FA,
       Morin RL, Pentecost MJ, Smith GG and  others. 2007. American College of Radiology
       white paper on radiation dose in medicine. J Am Coll Radiol 4(5):272-84.
Aroua A, Rickli H, Stauffer JC, Schnyder P, Trueb PR, Valley JF, Vock P, Verdun FR. 2007.
       How to set up and apply reference levels in fluoroscopy at a national level. Eur Radiol
       17(6):1621-33.
Bairn S, Wilson CR, Lewiecki EM, Luckey MM, Downs RW, Jr., Lentle BC.  2005. Precision
       assessment and radiation safety for dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry: position paper of
       the International Society for Clinical Densitometry. J Clin Densitom 8(4):371-8.
Baiter S,  Hopewell JW, Miller DL, Wagner LK, Zelefsky MJ. 2010. Fluoroscopically guided
       interventional procedures: a review of radiation effects on patients' skin and hair.
       Radiology 254(2):326-41.
Baiter S,  Miller DL. 2007. The new Joint Commission sentinel event pertaining to prolonged
       fluoroscopy. J Am Coll Radiol 4(7):497-500.
Baiter S,  Miller DL, Vano E, Ortiz Lopez P, Bernard! G, Cotelo E, Faulkner K, Nowotny R,
       Padovani R, Ramirez A. 2008. A pilot study exploring the possibility of establishing
       guidance  levels in x-ray directed interventional procedures. Med Phys  35(2):673-80.
Baiter S,  Moses J. 2007. Managing patient dose in interventional cardiology. Catheterization and
       Cardiovascular Diagnosis 70:244-249.
Baiter S,  Rosenstein M, Miller DL, Schueler B, Spelic D. 2011. Patient radiation dose audits for
       fluoroscopically guided interventional procedures. Med Phys 38(3): 1611-8.
Baiter S,  Shope TB, Jr., Fletcher DW, Kuan HM, Chan RC. 2002. Techniques to estimate
       radiation  dose to skin during fluoroscopically guided procedures. Intravascular
       brachytherapy. Fluoroscopically guided interventions. Madison, WI: Medical Physics
       Publishing,  p 731-764.
                                        REF-3

-------
Berkhout WE, Beuger DA, Sanderink GC, van der Stelt PF. 2004. The dynamic range of digital
       radiographic systems: dose reduction or risk of overexposure? Dentomaxillofac Radiol
Berrington de Gonzalez A, Mahesh M, Kim K, et al. 2009. Projected cancer risks from computed
       tomographic scans performed in the united states in 2007. Arch Intern Med
       169(22):2071-2077.
Best PJ, Skelding KA, Mehran R, Chieffo A, Kunadian V, Madan M, Mikhail GW, Mauri F,
       Takahashi S, Honye J and others. 201 1. SCAI consensus document on occupational
       radiation exposure to the pregnant cardiologist and technical personnel. Catheter
       Cardiovasc Interv 77(2):232-241.
Blake G, Adams JE, Bishop N. 2013. DXA in Adults and Children. In: Rosen C, editor. Primer
       of Metabolic Bone Diseases and Disorders of Mineral Metabolism. Eighth ed: Wiley
       Blackwell.p 25 1-263.
Bleeser F,  Hoornaert MT, Smans K, Struelens L, Buls N, Berus D, Clerinx P, Hambach L,
       Malchair F, Bosnians H. 2008. Diagnostic reference levels in angiography and
       interventional radiology: a Belgian multi-centre study. Radiat Prot Dosimetry 129(1-
       3):50-5.
Bonnick SL, Lewis L. 2006. Bone densitometry for technologists: Humana Press.
Brambilla  M, Marano G, Dominietto M, Cotroneo AR, Carriero A. 2004. Patient radiation doses
       and references levels in interventional radiology. Radiol Med 107(4):408-18.
Brenner D, Elliston C, Hall E, Berdon W. 2001. Estimated risks of radiation-induced fatal cancer
       from pediatric CT. AJR Am J Roentgenol 176(2):289-96.
Brenner DJ, Hall EJ. 2007. Computed Tomography — An Increasing Source of Radiation
       Exposure. N Engl J Med 357:2277-2284.
Carter J. 1978. Title 3 - The President: Radiation protection guidance to Federal agencies for
       diagnostic x-rays. Washington, DC: Federal Register, p 4377-4380.
Carter J. 1980. Executive Order 12196: Occupational Safety and Health Programs for Federal
       Employees. Washington, DC: White House.
Chambers  CE, Fetterly KA, Holzer R, Lin PJ, Blankenship JC, Baiter S, Laskey WK. 201 1.
       Radiation safety program for the cardiac catheterization laboratory. Catheter Cardiovasc
       Interv 77(4):546-56.
Chanaud CM. 2008. Determination of required content of the informed consent process for
       human  participants in  biomedical research conducted in the U.S.: A practical tool to
       assist clinical investigators. Contemp Clin Trials 29(4): 50 1-506.
CIOMS/WHO. 2002. International Ethical Guidelines for Biomedical Research Involving
       Human Subjects: The  Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences
       (CIOMS).
CIOMS/WHO. 2009. International Ethical Guidelines on Epidemiological Studies. Geneva:
       Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences.
Ciraj-Bjelac O, Rehani MM, Sim KH, Liew HB, Vano E, Kleiman NJ. 2010. Risk for radiation-
       induced cataract for staff in interventional cardiology: is there reason for concern?
       Catheter Cardiovasc Interv 76(6): 826-34.
Compagnone G, Baleni MC, Pagan L, Calzolaio FL, Barozzi L, Bergamini C. 2006. Comparison
       of radiation doses to patients undergoing standard radiographic examinations with
       conventional screen-film radiography, computed radiography and direct digital
       radiography. Br J Radiol 79(947):899-904.
                                        REF-4

-------
Congress. 1996. Public Law 104-262: Veterans Health Care Eligibility Reform Act of 1996.
       Washington, DC: U.S. Congress.
Congress. 2004. OSH Act of 1970 as amended, Section 19, Federal agency safety programs and
       responsibilities. U.S. Congress.
Congress. 2007. Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act
       (HITECH Act). XIII: U.S. Congress.
Cook TS, Zimmerman SL, Steingall SR, Maidment AD, Kim W, Boonn WW. 2011.
       RADIANCE: An automated, enterprise-wide solution for archiving and reporting CT
       radiation dose estimates. Radiographics 31(7):1833-46.
Copple C, Robertson ID, Thrall DE, Samei E. 2012. Evaluation of two objective methods to
       optimize kVp and personnel exposure using a digital indirect flat panel detector and
       simulated veterinary patients. Vet Radiol Ultrasound 54(1):9-16.
CRCPD. 2006. CRCPD Publication E-06-5 - Technical White Paper: Bone Densitometry.
       Frankfort, KY.
CRCPD. 2014. Radiation medical event. Conference of Radiation Control Program Directors.
D'Helft CJ, Brennan PC, McGee AM, McFadden SL, Hughes CM, Winder JR, Rainford LA.
       2009. Potential Irish dose reference levels for cardiac interventional examinations. Br J
       Radiol 82(976):296-302.
Dauer LT, Thornton RH, Miller DL, Damilakis J, Dixon RG, Marx MV, Schueler BA, Vano E,
       Venkatesan A, Bartal G and others. 2012. Radiation management for interventions using
       fluoroscopic or computed tomographic guidance during pregnancy: a joint guideline of
       the Society of Interventional Radiology and the Cardiovascular and Interventional
       Radiological Society of Europe with Endorsement by the Canadian Interventional
       Radiology Association. J Vase Interv Radiol 23(1): 19-32.
DHHS. 2012a. 42 CFR 410.32: Diagnostic x-ray tests, diagnostic laboratory tests, and other
       diagnostic tests: Conditions. In: Services DoHaH, editor. Title 42 Code of Federal
       Regulations Part 410.32: Department of Health and Human Services.
DHHS. 2012b. 45 CFR 164: Security and privacy. Title 45 Code of Federal Regulations Part
       164: Department of Health and Human Services.
DHHS. 2013a. 45 CFR 46.102. In: Services DoHaH, editor. Title 45, Code of Federal
       Regulations, Part 46.
DHHS. 2013b. 45 CFR 46.116, General requirements for informed consent. Title 45 Code of
       Federal Regulations Part 46.116 Department of Health and Human Services.
DHHS. 2014. 45 CFR 46: Protection of human subjects. Title 45, Code of Federal Regulations,
       Part 46: Department of Health and Human Services.
DoD. 2014. 32 CFR 219: Protection of human subjects. Title 32, Code of Federal Regulations,
       Part 219: Department of Defense.
Duran A, Hian SK, Miller DL, Le Heron J, Padovani R, Vano E. 2013. Recommendations for
       occupational radiation protection in interventional cardiology. Catheter Cardiovasc
       Interv. 82(l):29-42.
EC. 2004. Radiation Protection No. 136: European guidelines on radiation protection in dental
       radiology: The safe use of radiographs in dental practice. Luxemburg: European
       Commission.
EC. 2012. Radiation Protection No. 162: Criteria for Acceptability of Medical Radiological
       Equipment used in Diagnostic Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Radiotherapy.
       Luxembourg.
                                        REF-5

-------
EPA. 1976. Federal Guidance Report No. 9: Radiation Protection Guidance for Diagnostic X
       Rays.
EPA. 2000. Radiation protection at EPA: The first 30 years.
EPA. 2012. Title 42 U.S.C. 202l(h): Cooperation with states - Consultative, advisory, and
       miscellaneous functions of Administrator of Environmental Protection Agency. U.S.
       Congress.
EPA. 2014. 40 CFR 26: Protection of human subjects. Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations,
       Part 26: Environmental Protection Agency.
FDA. 1994. Avoidance of serious x-ray induced skin injuries to patients during fluoroscopically-
       guided procedures. Food and Drug Administration.
FDA. 2001. FDA Public Health Notification: Reducing Radiation Risk from Computed
       Tomography for Pediatric and Small Adult Patients. Food and Drug Administration.
FDA. 2010a. National Evaluation of X-ray Trends. Food and Drug Administration.
FDA. 2010b. Safety investigation of CT brain perfusion scans: Update 12/8/2009. Food and
       Drug Administration.
FDA. 2014a. 21 CFR 803.3: How does FDA define the terms  used in this part? Title 21, Code of
       Federal Regulations, Part 803.3: Food and Drug Administration.
FDA. 2014b. 21 CFR 803: Medical device reporting. Title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, Part
       803: Food and Drug Administration.
FDA. 2014c. 21 CFR 900: Mammography. Title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 900:
       Food and Drug Administration.
FDA. 2014d. 21 CFR 1020.30: Performance standards for ionizing radiation emitting products -
       Diagnostic x-ray systems and their major components. Title 21, Code of Federal
       Regulations, Part 1020.30: Food and Drug Administration.
FDA. 2014e. 21 CFR 1020.32: Performance standards for ionizing radiation emitting products -
       Fluoroscopic equipment. Title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1020.32: Food and
       Drug Administration.
FDA. 2014f 21 CFR 1020.33: Performance standards for ionizing radiation emitting products -
       Diagnostic x-ray systems and their major components. In: Administration FaD, editor.
       Title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1020.33.
FDA. 2014g. 21 CFR 1020: Performance standards for ionizing radiation emitting products. Title
       21, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1020: Food and  Drug Administration.
FDA. 2014h. 21CFR Subchapter J: Radiological health (parts  1000-1050). Title 21, Code of
       Federal Regulations Subchapter J: Food and Drug Administration.
FDA. 2014L Safety: Hand-held Dental  X-Ray Units: FDA Safety Communication - Unreviewed
       Products May Not Be Safe or Effective. U.S. Food and Drug Administration,
       http://www.fda.gov/Safetv/MedWatch/SafetvInformation/SafetvAlertsforHumanMedical
       Products/ucm291539.htm. Accessed October 7, 2014.
Fernandez JM, Ordiales JM, Guibelalde E, Prieto C, Vano E. 2008. Physical image quality
       comparison of four types of digital detector for chest radiology. Radiat Prot Dosimetry
       129(l-3):140-3.
Ferrar L, Jiang G, Adams J, Eastell R. 2005. Identification of vertebral fractures: an update.
       Osteoporos Int 16(7):717-28.
Fletcher DW, Miller DL, Baiter S, Taylor MA. 2002. Comparison of four techniques to estimate
       radiation dose to skin during angiographic and interventional  radiology procedures. J
       Vase Interv Radiol 13(4):391-397.
                                        REF-6

-------
Freedman M, Pe E, Mun S, So S-C, Nelson M. 1993. The potential for unnecessary patient
       exposure from the use of storage phosphor imaging systems. Kim Y, editor. Medical
       Imaging 1993: Image Capture, Formatting, and Display.
Genant HK, Jergas M, Palermo L, Nevitt M, Valentin RS, Black D, SR. C. 1996. Comparison of
       semi quantitative visual and quantitative morphometric assessment of prevalent and
       incident vertebral fractures in osteoporosis: The study of osteoporotic fractures research
       group. J Bone Miner Res ll(7):984-996.
Gibbs SJ. 2000. Effective dose equivalent and effective dose: Comparison for common
       projections in oral and maxillofacial radiology. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral
       Radiol Endod 90(4):538-545.
Goren A, Bonvento M, Biernacki J, Colosi D. 2008.  Radiation exposure with the NOMAD
       portable X-ray system. Dentomaxillofac Radiol 37(2): 109-112.
Goske MJ, Applegate KE, Boylan J, Butler PF, Callahan MJ, Coley BD, Farley S, Frush DP,
       Hernanz-Schulman M, Jaramillo D and others. 2008. The Image Gently campaign:
       working together to change practice. AJR Am J Roentgenol 190(2):273-274.
Gray JE, Archer BR, Butler PF, Hobbs BB, Mettler FA, Jr., Pizzutiello RJ, Jr., Schueler BA,
       Strauss KJ, Suleiman OH, Yaffe MJ. 2005. Reference values for diagnostic radiology:
       application and impact. Radiology 235(2):354-8.
Gray JE, Bailey ED, Ludlow JB. 2012. Dental staff doses with handheld dental intraoral x-ray
       units. Health Phys  102(2): 137-42.
Gruber M, Weber M, Homolka P, Nemec S, Fruehwald-Pallamar J, Uffmann M. 2011.
       Feasibility of dose  reduction using needle-structured image plates versus powder-
       structured plates for computed radiography of the knee. AJR Am J Roentgenol
       197(2): W318-23.
Haaga JR, Miraldi F, Maclntyre W, LiPuma JP, Bryan PJ, Wiesen E. 1981. The effect of mAs
       variation upon computed tomography image  quality as evaluated by in vivo and in vitro
       studies. Radiology  138(2):449-54.
Hamdy RC, Lewiecki EM. 2013. Osteoporosis. NY: Oxford University Press.
Harrison JD, Streffer C. 2007. The ICRP protection quantities, equivalent and effective dose:
       their basis  and application. Radiat Prot Dosimetry 127(1-4): 12-8.
Hart D, Hillier MC, Wall BF. 2009. National reference doses for common radiographic,
       fluoroscopic and dental X-ray examinations in the UK. Br J Radiol 82(973): 1-12.
Hausleiter J, Meyer T, Hermann F, Hadamitzky M, Krebs M, Gerber TC, McCollough C,
       Martinoff S, Kastrati A, Schomig A and others. 2009. Estimated radiation dose associated
       with cardiac CT angiography. JAMA 301(5):500-7.
Hendee WR. 2013. Risk of medical imaging - an IOMP policy statement. Medical Physics
       International Journal 40(4):2.
Hirshfeld JW, Jr., Baiter S, Blinker JA, Kern MJ, Klein LW, Lindsay BD, Tommaso CL, Tracy
       CM, Wagner LK. 2004. ACCF/AHA/HRS/SCAI clinical competence statement on
       physician knowledge to optimize patient safety and image quality in fluoroscopically
       guided invasive cardiovascular procedures: a report of the American College of
       Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association/American College of Physicians
       Task Force on Clinical Competence and Training. J Am Coll Cardiol 44(11):2259-2282.
Hough DM, Fletcher JG, Grant KL, Fidler JL, Yu L, Geske JR, Carter RE, Raupach R, Schmidt
       B, Flohr T and others. 2012. Lowering kilovoltage to reduce radiation dose in contrast-
                                        REF-7

-------
       enhanced abdominal CT: initial assessment of a prototype automated kilovoltage
       selection tool. AJR Am J Roentgenol 199(5): 1070-7.
HPS. 2010. Radiation Risk in Perspective - Position statement of the Health Physics Society.
       McLean, VA: Health Physics Society.
IAEA.  1996. Safety Series No. 115: International basic safety standards for protection against
       ionizing raidiation and the safety of radiation sources. Vienna: International Atomic
       Energy Agency.
IAEA.  2009. Establishing guidance levels in x ray guided medical interventional procedures: A
       pilot study. Safety Reports Series No. 59. Vienna: International Atomic Energy Agency.
IAEA.  201 la. IAEA SAFETY STANDARDS SERIES No. GSR Part 3 (Interim): Radiation
       protection and safety of radiation sources - International Basic Safety Standards. Vienna:
       International Atomic Energy Agency.
IAEA.  201 Ib. IAEA Safety Standards: Radiation Protection and Safety of Radiation Sources -
IARC.  2012. Agents Classified by the IARC Monographs, Volumes 1-105. Lyon: International
       Agency for Research on Cancer, World Health Organization.
ICRP.  1991a. ICRP Publication No. 60: 1990 Recommendations of the International
       Commission on Radiological Protection. International Commission on  Radiological
       Protection. Annals of the ICRP 21(1-3):1-201.
ICRP.  1991b. ICRP Publication No. 62: Radiological protection in biomedical research : A
       report of Committee 3 adopted by the International Commission on Radiological
       Protection. International Commission on Radiological Protection. Ann  ICRP 22(3).
ICRP.  1996. ICRP Publication No. 73: Radiologcal protection and  safety in medicine. Oxford:
       Pergamon Press.
ICRP. 2000a. ICRP Publication No. 85: Avoidance of radiation injuries from medical
       interventional procedures. International Commission on Radiological Protection. Annals
       oftheICRP30(2):7-67.
ICRP. 2000b. ICRP Publication No. 87: Managing patient dose in computed tomography.
       Oxford: Pergamon Press.
ICRP. 2003. Diagnostic reference levels in medical imaging: review and additional advice. ICRP
       online educational reference.: International Commission on Radiological Protection.
ICRP. 2004. ICRP Publication No. 93: Managing patient dose in digital radiology. International
       Commission on Radiological Protection. Ann ICRP. Oxford: Pergamon Press.
ICRP. 2007a. ICRP Publication No. 103: The 2007 Recommendations of the International
       Commission on Radiological Protection. International Commission on  Radiological
       Protection. Ann ICRP 37(2-4): 1-332.
ICRP. 2007b. ICRP Publication No. 105: Radiation protection in medicine. International
       Commission on Radiological Protection. Ann ICRP 37(6): 1-63.
ICRP. 2009. ICRP Publication No. 113: Education and training in radiological protection for
       diagnostic and interventional procedures Annals of the ICRP 39(5): 1-68.
ICRP. 2010. ICRP Publication No. 117: Radiological protection in fluoroscopically guided
       procedures performed outside the imaging department. 1-102 p.
ICRP. 2011. Statement on tissue reactions.
ICRP. 2012. ICRP Publication No. 118: ICRP statement on tissue reactions and early and late
       effects of radiation in normal tissues and organs—threshold  doses for tissue reactions in a
       radiation protection context. 1-322 p.
                                        REF-8

-------
ICRP. 2013a. ICRP Publication No. 120: Radiological Protection in Cardiology (renamed from
       Pub No. 119). Ann ICRP 41(3).
ICRP. 2013b. ICRP Publication No. 121: Radiological protection in paediatric diagnostic and
       interventional radiology. 1-63 p.
ICRU.  2005. ICRU Report 74: Patient dosimetry for X rays used in medical imaging.
       International  Commission on Radiation Units & Measurements. Journal of the ICRU
IEC. 2008. IEC Report 62494-1, Ed 1.0, 2008: Medical electrical equipment - Exposure index of
       digital x-ray imaging systems - Part 1 : Definitiona and requirements for general
       radiography. International Electrotechnical Commission.
LEG. 2010. LEG Report 60601: Medical electrical equipment - Part 2-43: Particular requirements
       for the safety of X-ray equipment for interventional procedures. Geneva, Switzerland:
       International Electrotechnical Commission.
fflE. 2013. fflE Radiology Technical Framework, Volume 1, fflERAD TF-1 Integration
       Profiles, Rev 12. Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise.
ISCD. 2007a. Official positions of the International Society for Clinical Densitometry. West
       Hartford, CT: International Society for Clinical Densitometry.
ISCD. 2007b. Pediatric Official Positions of the International Society for Clinical Densitometry.
       W. Hartford, CT: International Society for Clinical Densitometry.
ISCD. 2010. Official Position on FRAX. W. Hartford, CT: International Society for Clinical
       Densitometry.
ISCD. 2012. ISCD home page. International Society for Clinical Densitometry.
ISCD. 2013. Executive summary of the 2013 ISCD Position Development Conference on Bone
       Densitometry. J Clin Densitom (in press).
ISCD. 2014. ISCD 2013 Official Positions - Adult and Pediatric. Middletown, CT: International
       Society on Clinical Densitometry.
Ivanov VK, Kashcheev VV, Chekin SY, Menyaylo AN, Pryakhin EA, Tsyb AF, Mettler FA.
       2013. Estimation of risk from medical radiation  exposure based on effective and organ
       dose: how much difference is there? Radiat Prot Dosimetry 155(3):3 17-28.
Jakobs TF, Becker CR, Ohnesorge B, Flohr  T, Suess C, Schoepf UJ, Reiser MF. 2002. Multislice
       helical CT of the heart with retrospective ECG gating: reduction of radiation exposure by
       ECG-controlled tube current modulation. Eur Radiol 12(5): 1081-6.
Jones AK, Pasciak AS. 201 1. Calculating the peak skin dose resulting from  fluoroscopically
       guided interventions. Part I: Methods. J Appl Clin Med Phys 12(4):3670.
Kalender WA, Wolf H, Suess C. 1999a. Dose reduction in CT by anatomically adapted tube
       current modulation. II. Phantom measurements. Med Phys 26(1 1):2248-53.
Kalender WA, Wolf H, Suess C, Gies M, Greess H, Bautz WA. 1999b.  Dose reduction in CT by
       on-line tube current control: principles  and validation on phantoms and cadavers. Eur
       Radiol 9(2):323-28.
Kalra MK, Maher MM, Toth TL, Schmidt B, Westerman BL, Morgan HT, Saini S. 2004.
       Techniques and applications of automatic tube current modulation for CT. Radiology
       233(3):649-57.
Kanis JA, Gluer CC. 2000. An update on the diagnosis and assessment of osteoporosis with
       densitometry. Committee of Scientific Advisors, International Osteoporosis Foundation.
       Osteoporos Int 11 (3): 192-202.
                                        REF-9

-------
Kanis JA, Melton LJ, 3rd, Christiansen C, Johnston CC, Khaltaev N. 1994. The diagnosis of
       osteoporosis. J Bone Miner Res 9(8): 1137-41.
Kleinman PL, Strauss KJ, Zurakowski D, Buckley KS, Taylor GA. 2010. Patient size measured
       on CT images as a function of age at a tertiary care children's hospital. AJR Am J
       Roentgenol 194(6): 161 1-9.
Koenig TR, Mettler FA, Wagner LK. 200 la. Skin injuries from fluoroscopically guided
       procedures: part 2, review of 73 cases and recommendations for minimizing dose
       delivered to patient. AJR Am J Roentgenol 177(1): 13-20.
Koenig TR, Wolff D, Mettler FA, Wagner LK. 2001b. Skin injuries from fluoroscopically
       guided procedures: part 1, characteristics of radiation injury. AJR Am J Roentgenol
Kwon D, Little MP, Miller DL. 201 1. Reference air kerma and kerma-area product as estimators
       of peak skin dose for fluoroscopically guided interventions. Med Phys 3 8(7):4 196-204.
Lambert K, McKeon T. 2001. Inspection of lead aprons: criteria for rejection. Health Phys 80(5
       Suppl):S67-9.
Levin DC, Rao VM, Parker L. 2012a. The recent downturn in utilization of CT: the start of a
       new trend? J Am Coll Radiol 9(1 1):795-8.
Levin DC, Rao VM, Parker L. 2012b. Trends in the utilization of outpatient advanced imaging
       after the deficit reduction act. J Am Coll Radiol 9(l):27-32.
Linet MS, Slovis TL, Miller DL, Kleinerman R, Lee C, Rajaraman P, Berrington dGA. 2012.
       Cancer risks associated with external radiation from diagnostic imaging procedures. CA:
       a cancer journal for clinicians 62(2):75-100.
Link TM, Guglielmi G, van Kuijk C, Adams JE. 2005. Radiologic assessment of osteoporotic
       vertebral fractures: diagnostic and prognostic implications. Eur Radiol 15(8):1521-32.
Lipsitz EC, Veith FJ, Ohki T, Heller S, Wain RA, Suggs WD, Lee JC, Kwei S, Goldstein K,
       Rabin J and others. 2000. Does the endovascular repair of aortoiliac aneurysms pose a
       radiation safety hazard to vascular surgeons? J Vase Surg 32(4):704-710.
Ludewig E, Hirsch W, Bosch B, Gabler K,  Sorge I, Succow D, Werrmann A, Gosch D. 2010.
       [Assessment of clinical image quality in feline chest radiography with a needle-image
       plate (NIP)  storage phosphor system—an approach to the evaluation of image  quality in
       neonatal radiography]. Rofo 182(2): 122-32.
Ludlow JB. 2009. Dose and risk in dental diagnostic imaging: with emphasis on dosimetry of
       CBCT. Korean Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology 39:175-184.
Ludlow JB, Ivanovic M. 2008. Comparative dosimetry of dental CBCT devices and 64-slice CT
       for oral and maxillofacial radiology. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol Endod
       106(1):106-14.
Ludlow JB, Walker C. 2013. Assessment of phantom dosimetry and image quality of i-CAT
       FLX cone-beam computed tomography. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop 144(6):802-17.
Mahesh M. 2008. How to prepare for the Joint Commission's sentinel event policy pertaining to
       prolonged fluoroscopy. J Am Coll Radiol 5(4):601-3.
Martin CJ. 2007. Effective dose:  how should it be applied to medical exposures? Br J Radiol
       80(956):639-47.
Masih S, Morrison L, Massoth R, Taylor T, Maxwell P. Working with a Hand-Held Dental X-
       Ray Unit : Equipment Evaluation is just the beginning or "It just goes to show you, it's
       always something"; 2006. Conference of Radiation Control Program Directors.
                                        REF-10

-------
Mathews JD, Forsythe AV, Brady Z, Butler MW, Goergen SK, Byrnes GB, Giles GG, Wallace
       AB, Anderson PR, Guiver TA and others. 2013. Cancer risk in 680 000 people exposed
       to computed tomography scans in childhood or adolescence: data linkage study of 11
       million Australians. BMJ 346:f2360.
McCollough C, Branham T, Herlihy V, Bhargavan M, Robbins L, Bush K, McNitt-Gray M,
       Payne JT, Ruckdeschel T, Pfeiffer D and others. 2011. Diagnostic reference levels from
       the ACR CT Accreditation Program. J Am Coll Radiol 8(11):795-803.
McCollough CH. 2005. Automatic exposure control in CT: are we done yet? Radiology
       237(3):755-6.
McCollough CH. 2008. CT dose: how to measure, how to reduce. Health Phys 95(5):508-17.
McCollough CH, Bruesewitz MR, Kofler JM, Jr. 2006. CT dose reduction and dose management
       tools: overview of available options. Radiographics 26(2):503-12.
McNitt-Gray MF. 2002. AAPM/RSNA Physics Tutorial  for Residents: Topics in CT. Radiation
       dose in CT. Radiographics 22(6): 1541-53.
Mettler FA, Jr., Huda W, Yoshizumi TT, Mahesh M. 2008. Effective doses in radiology and
       diagnostic nuclear medicine: a catalog. Radiology 248(l):254-63.
Michigan. 2012. CT operator check of dose indicator-dose indices. Michigan Department of
       Licensing and Regulatory Affairs.
Miles DA, Van Dis ML, Peterson MG.  1989. Information yield: a comparison of Kodak T-Mat
       G, Ortho L and RP X-Omat films. Dento-Maxillo-Facial Radiology 18(1): 15-8.
Miller DL, Baiter S, Cole PE, Lu HT, Berenstein A, Albert R, Schueler BA, Georgia JD, Noonan
       PT, Russell E and others. 2003a. Radiation doses in interventional radiology procedures:
       The RAD-IR study Part II. Skin dose. J Vase Interv Radiol 14(8):977-990.
Miller DL, Baiter S, Cole PE, Lu HT, Schueler BA, Geisinger M, Berenstein A, Albert R,
       Georgia JD, Noonan PT and others. 2003b. Radiation doses in interventional radiology
       procedures: The RAD-IR study Part I. Overall measures of dose. J Vase Interv Radiol
       14(6):711-727.
Miller DL, Baiter S, Dixon RG, Nikolic B, Bartal G, Cardella JF, Dauer LT,  Stecker MS. 2012a.
       Quality improvement guidelines for recording patient radiation dose in the medical
       record for fluoroscopically guided procedures. J Vase Interv Radiol 23(1): 11-8.
Miller DL, Baiter S, Noonan PT, Georgia JD. 2002. Minimizing radiation-induced skin injury in
       interventional radiology procedures. Radiology 225(2):329-336.
Miller DL, Baiter S, Schueler BA, Wagner LK, Strauss KJ, Vano E. 2010a. Clinical radiation
       management for fluoroscopically guided interventional procedures. Radiology
       257(2):321-32.
Miller DL, Hilohi CM, Spelic DC. 2012b. Patient radiation doses in interventional cardiology in
       the U.S.: advisory data sets and possible initial values for U.S. reference levels. Med
       Phys 39(10):6276-86.
Miller DL, Kwon D, Bonavia GH. 2009. Reference levels for patient radiation doses in
       interventional radiology: proposed initial values for U.S. practice. Radiology 253(3):753-
       764.
Miller DL, Vano E, Bartal G, Baiter S, Dixon R, Padovani R, Schueler B, Cardella JF, de Baere
       T. 2010b. Occupational radiation protection in interventional radiology: A joint guideline
       of the Cardiovascular and Interventional Radiology Society of Europe and the Society of
       Interventional Radiology. Cardiovasc Intervent Radiol 33(2):230-9.
                                        REF-11

-------
NCRP. 1988. NCRP Report No. 99: Quality assurance for diagnostic imaging. Bethesda, MD:
      National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 1989a. NCRP Report No. 100: Exposure of the U.S. population from diagnostic medical
      radiation. Bethesda, MD: National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 1989b. NCRP Report No. 102: Medical X-ray, Electron Beam and Gamma-ray
      Protection for Energies Up to 50 MeV (Equipment Design, Performance, and Use
      (Supersedes NCRP Report No. 33). Bethesda, MD.
NCRP. 1993. NCRP Report No. 116: Limitation of Exposure to Ionizing Radiation. Bethesda,
      MD: National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 1995. NCRP Report No. 122: Use of personal monitors to estimate effective dose
      equivalent and effective dose to workers for external exposure to low-LET radiation.
      Bethesda, MD: National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 2000. NCRP Report No. 133: Radiation protection for procedures performed outside the
      radiology department. Bethesda, MD: National Council on Radiation Protection and
      Measurements.
NCRP. 2003. NRCP Report No. 145: Radiation protection in dentistry. Bethesda, MD: National
      Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 2004a. NCRP Report No. 147: Structural shielding design for medical x-ray imaging
      facilities. Bethesda, MD: National Council on Radiation Protection and  Measurements.
NCRP. 2004b. NCRP Report No. 148: Radiation protection in veterinary medicine. Bethesda,
      MD: National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 2009. NCRP Report No. 160: Ionizing radiation exposure of the population of the United
      States. Bethesda, MD: National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 2010. NCRP Report No. 168: Radiation dose management for fluoroscopically guided
      interventional medical procedures. Bethesda, MD: National Council on  Radiation
      Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 2012. NCRP Report No. 172: Reference levels and achievable doses in  medical and
      dental imaging: recommendations for the United States. Bethesda, MD:  National Council
      on Radiation Protection and Measurements.
NCRP. 2013. NCRP Report No. 174: Preconception and Prenatal Radiation Exposure: Health
      Effects and Protective Guidance Bethesda, MD: National Council on Radiation
      Protection and Measurements.
Neil S, Padgham C, Martin CJ. 2010. A study of the relationship between peak  skin dose and
      cumulative air kerma in interventional neuroradiology and cardiology. Journal of
      radiological protection : official journal of the  Society for Radiological Protection
      30(4):659-72.
NEMA.  2009. NEMA PS 3.14: Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine (DICOM)
      Part 14: Grayscale Standard Display Function. National Electrical Manufacturers
      Association.
NEMA.  2010. NEMA Standards Publication XR 25-2010: Computed Tomography Dose Check.
      Rosslyn, VA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
NEMA.  2011. Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine (DICOM) Part 16: Content
      Mapping Resource. Rosslyn, VA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
NEMA.  2012. NEMA Standards Publication XR 26-2012: Access Controls for  Computed
      Tomography: Identification, Interlocks, and Logs. Rosslyn, VA.
                                       REF-12

-------
Neofotistou V, Vano E, Padovani R, Kotre J, Bowling A, Toivonen M, Kottou S, Tsapaki V,
       Willis S, Bernard! G and others. 2003. Preliminary reference levels in interventional
       cardiology. EurRadiol 13(10):2259-63.
NHS. 1993. What do we mean by appropriate health care? Report of a working group prepared
       for the Director of Research and Development of the NHS Management Executive,
       National Health Service. Qual Health Care 2(2): 117-123.
Nffl-NCI-SIR. 2005. NIH Publication No. 05-5286: Interventional Fluoroscopy: Reducing
       Radiation Risks for Patients and Staff. National Institutes of Health, National Cancer
       Institute and The Society of Interventional Radiology.
NIH. 2001. Improving informed consent for research radiation studies. National Institutes of
       Health.
NIH. 2008a. Informed consent template B: Radiation exposure consent language (less than 5 rem
       effective dose) National Institutes of Health.
NIH. 2008b. Informed consent template C: Total effective dose > 5 rem. In: Health NIo, editor:
       National Institutes of Health.
NIH. 2010. Informed  Consent Template A: Total effective dose less than or equal to 0.3 rem.
       National Institutes of Health.
Nixon R. 1970. Message to the  Congress Transmitting Reorganization Plan 3 of 1970:
       Environmental Protection Agency.
NOF. 2013. Clinician's guide to prevention and treatment of osteoporosis. National Osteoporosis
       Foundation.
NRPB. 1990. Patient dose reduction in diagnostic radiology: Report by the Royal College of
       Radiologists and the National Radiological Protection Board. London: National Radiation
       Protection Board. 1-46 p.
NTP. 2011. Twelfth Report on Carcinogens. Department of Health and Human Services,
       National Toxicology Program.
O'Dea TJ, Geise RA, Ritenour ER.  1999. The potential for radiation-induced skin damage in
       interventional  neuroradiological procedures: a review of 522 cases using automated
       dosimetry. Med Phys 26(9):2027-33.
O'Donnell K. 2011. Radiation exposure monitoring: a new IHE profile. Pediatr Radiol
       41(5):588-91.
Orth RC, Wallace MJ, Kuo MD. 2008. C-arm Cone-beam CT: General Principles and Technical
       Considerations for Use in Interventional Radiology. J Vase Interv Radiol 19(6):814-20.
OSHA. 2014a. 29 CFR 1910.1096: Ionizing radiation. Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations,
       Part 1910-1096: Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
OSHA. 2014b. Engineering controls, in OSHA Toolbox Talks. Occupational Safety and Health
       Administration, http://www.oshatrain.org/courses/pages/700engineer.html, Accessed
       September 11,2014.
OSTP, USD A, DOE, NASA, DOC, CPSC, IDCAAID, HUD, DOJ, DoD and others. 1991. 56
       FR 28002-28032: Federal policy for the protection of human subjects.  Federal Register, p
       28002-28032.
Padovani R,  Quai E. 2005. Patient dosimetry approaches in interventional cardiology and
       literature dose data review. Radiat Prot Dosimetry 117(1-3):217-221.
Paterson A, Frush DP, Donnelly LF. 2001. Helical CT of the body: are settings adjusted for
       pediatric patients? AJR Am J Roentgenol 176(2):297-301.
                                        REF-13

-------
Pearce MS, Salotti JA, Howe NL, McHugh K, Kim KP, Lee C, Craft AW, Berrington de
      Gonzalez A, Parker L. 2012. CT Scans in Young People in Great Britain: Temporal and
      Descriptive Patterns, 1993-2002. Radiol Res Pract 2012:594278.
Peterzol A, Quai E, Padovani R, Bernard! G, Kotre CJ, Bowling A. 2005. Reference levels in
      PTCA as a function of procedure complexity. Radiat Prot Dosimetry 117(l-3):54-58.
Scarfe WC, Farman AG, Sukovic P. 2006. Clinical applications of cone-beam computed
      tomography in dental practice. J Can Dent Assoc 72(1):75-80.
Schousboe JT, Shepherd JA, Bilezikian JP, Bairn S. 2013. Executive summary of the 2013
      International Society for Clinical Densitometry Position Development Conference on
      bone densitometry. J ClinDensitom 16(4):455-66.
Seibert JA, Morin RL. 2011. The standardized exposure index for digital radiography: an
      opportunity for optimization of radiation dose to the pediatric population. Pediatr Radiol
      41(5):573-81.
Seibert JA, Shelton DK, Moore EH. 1996. Computed radiography X-ray exposure trends.  Acad
      Radiol 3(4):313-8.
Semturs F, Peloschek P, Zwettler G, Hummel J, Homolka P. 2012. Needle crystal detector
      technology in mammography—relationship between image quality and dose depending on
      beam quality. Rofo 184(10):905-10.
Sidhu MK, Goske MJ, Coley BJ, Connolly B, Racadio J, Yoshizumi TT, Utley T, Strauss KJ.
      2009. Image gently, step lightly: increasing radiation dose awareness in pediatric
      interventions through an international social marketing campaign. J Vase Interv Radiol
      20(9): 1115-9.
Sistrom  CL. 2008. In support of the ACR Appropriateness Criteria®. J Am Coll Radiol
      5(5):630-5; discussion 636-7.
Sistrom  CL, Dang PA, Weilburg JB, Dreyer KJ, Rosenthal DI, Thrall JH. 2009. Effect of
      computerized order entry with integrated decision  support on the growth of outpatient
      procedure volumes: seven-year time series analysis. Radiology 251(1): 147-55.
Smith-Bindman R, Lipson J, Marcus R, Kim KP, Mahesh M, Gould R, Berrington de Gonzalez
      A, Miglioretti DL. 2009. Radiation dose associated with common computed tomography
      examinations and the associated lifetime attributable risk of cancer. Arch Intern Med
      169(22):2078-86.
Sodickson A, Warden GI, Farkas CE, Ikuta I, Prevedello LM, Andriole  KP, Khorasani R.  2012.
      Exposing exposure: automated anatomy-specific CT radiation exposure extraction for
      quality assurance and radiation monitoring. Radiology 264(2):397-405.
Stecker MS, Baiter S, Towbin RB, Miller DL,  Vafio E, Bartal G, Angle JF, Chao CP, Cohen
      AM, Dixon RG and others. 2009. Guidelines for patient radiation dose management. J
      Vase Interv Radiol 20(7S):S263-S273.
Stedman. 2006. Stedman's Medical Dictionary. In: Wilkins LW, editor.  28th ed.
Steele JR, Jones AK, Ninan EP. 2012. Quality initiatives:  Establishing an interventional
      radiology patient radiation safety program. Radiographics 32(l):277-87.
Strauss KJ. 2006. Interventional suite and equipment management: cradle to grave. Pediatr
      Radiol 36 Suppl 2:221-36.
Strauss KJ, Goske MJ, Frush DP, Butler PF, Morrison G. 2009. Image Gently Vendor Summit:
      working together for better estimates of pediatric radiation dose  from  CT. AJR Am J
      Roentgenol 192(5): 1169-75.
                                        REF-14

-------
Strauss KJ, Goske MJ, Kaste SC, Bulas D, Frush DP, Butler P, Morrison G, Callahan MJ,
       Applegate KE. 2010. Image gently: Ten steps you can take to optimize image quality and
       lower CT dose for pediatric patients. AJR Am J Roentgenol 194(4):868-73.
Suzuki S, Furui S, Kohtake H, Yokoyama N, Kozuma K, Yamamoto Y, Isshiki T. 2006.
       Radiation exposure to patient's skin during percutaneous coronary intervention for
       various lesions, including chronic total occlusion. Circ.J. 70:44-48.
Texas. 2013. Texas Administrative Code: Use of Radiation Machines in the Healing Arts. In:
       Texas So, editor.
Thakor AS, Winterbottom A, Mercuri M, Cousins C, Gaunt ME. 2011. The radiation burden
       from increasingly complex endovascular aortic aneurysm repair. Insights Imaging
       2(6):699-704.
The Joint Commission. 2006. Sentinel event: Radiation overdose FAQs.
The Joint Commission. 2012a. Accreditation Program: Hospital National Patient Safety Goals.
       The Joint Commission, p 11-13.
The Joint Commission. 2012b. Universal Protocol web page. The Joint Commission.
Thomas HL, Trout DR, Dobson H, McFadden RC. 1999. Radiation exposure to personnel during
       examination of limbs of horses with a portable hand-held fluoroscopic unit. J Am Vet
       MedAssoc215(3):372-9.
Tsalafoutas IA, Goni H, Maniatis PN, Pappas P, Bouzas N, Tzortzis G. 2006.  Patient doses from
       noncardiac diagnostic and therapeutic interventional procedures. J Vase and Interv Radiol
       17(9): 1489-98.
Tyndall DA, Price JB, Tetradis S, Ganz SD, Hildebolt C, Scarfe WC. 2012. Position statement of
       the American Academy of Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology on selection criteria for the
       use of radiology in dental implantology with  emphasis on cone beam computed
       tomography. Oral surgery, oral medicine, oral pathology and oral radiology 113(6):817-
       26.
Tyson R, Smiley DC, Pleasant RS, Daniel GB. 2011. Estimated operator exposure for hand
       holding portable X-ray units during imaging of the equine distal extremity. Vet Radiol
       Ultrasound 52(2):121-4.
UKHPA. 2013. HP A Report HPA-CRCE-043: Trends in dental radiographic equipment and
       patient  dose in the UK and Republic of Ireland. United Kingdom, Health Protection
       Agency, Dental X-ray Protection Services gruop.
UNSCEAR. 2011. Report of the United Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic
       Radiation 2010. New York: United Nations.
UNSCEAR. 2013. Sources, Effects, and Risks  of Ionizing  Radiation. New York: United Nations,
       United Nations Scientific Committee for the Effects of Ionizing Radition.
USNRC. 2002. NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2002-06: Evaluating occupational dose for
       individuals exposed to NRC-licensed material and medical x-rays. Washington, DC: US
       Nuclear Regulatory  Commission.
USNRC. 2014a. 10 CFR 20.1001(b). Title 10, Code  of Federal Regulations, Part 20.1001(b):
       U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
USNRC. 2014b. 10 CFR 20.1003: Definitions. Title  10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part
       20.1003: Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
USNRC. 2014c. 10 CFR 20.1208: Dose equivalent to an embryo/fetus. Title 10, Code of Federal
       Regulations, Part 20.1208: Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
                                       REF-15

-------
USNRC. 2014d. 10 CFR 20: Standards for protection against radiation. Title 10, Code of Federal
       Regulations, Parg 20: Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
USNRC. 2014e. 10 CFR 35: Medical use of radioactive material. Title 10, Code of Federal
       Regulations, Part 35: Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
VA. 2014. 38 CFR 16: Protection of human subjects. Title 38, Code of Federal Regulations, Part
       16: Veterans Administration.
Vano E. 2003. Radiation exposure to cardiologists: how it could be reduced. Heart 89(10): 1123-
       4.
Vano E, Gonzalez L. 2001. Approaches to establishing reference levels in interventional
       radiology. Radiat Prot Dosimetry 94(1-2): 109-112.
Vano E, Jarvinen H, Kosunen A, Ely R, Malone J, Bowling A, Larkin A, Padovani R, Bosnians
       H, Dragusin O and others. 2008a. Patient dose in interventional radiology:  a European
       survey. Radiat Prot Dosimetry  129(l-3):39-45.
Vano E, Kleiman NJ, Duran A, Romano-Miller M, Rehani MM. 2013. Radiation-associated lens
       opacities in catheterization personnel: results of a survey and direct assessments. J Vase
       Interv Radiol 24(2): 197-204.
Vano E, Sanchez R, Fernandez JM,  Gallego JJ, Verdu JF, de Garay MG, Azpiazu  A, Segarra A,
       Hernandez MT, Canis M and others. 2009. Patient dose reference levels for
       interventional radiology: a national approach. Cardiovasc Intervent Radiol  32(1): 19-24.
Vano E, Segarra A, Fernandez JM, Ordiales JM, Simon R, Gallego JJ, Del Cerro J, Casasola E,
       Verdu JF, Ballester T and others. 2008b. A pilot experience launching a national dose
       protocol for vascular and interventional radiology. Radiat Prot Dosimetry 129(1-3):46-9.
Verdun FR, Aroua A, Trueb PR, Vock P, Valley JF. 2005. Diagnostic and interventional
       radiology: a strategy to introduce reference dose level taking into account the national
       practice. Radiat Prot Dosimetry 114(1-3):188-91.
Wagner LK, Archer BR, Cohen AM. 2000. Management of patient skin dose in fluoroscopically
       guided interventional procedures. J Vase Interv Radiol 1 l(l):25-33.
Wall BF. 2001. Diagnostic reference levels~the way forward. Br J Radiol 74(885):785-8.
Wall BF, Shrimpton PC. 1998.  The historical development of reference doses in diagnostic
       radiology. Radiat Prot Dosimetry 80(1-3): 15-19.
Wallace MJ, Kuo MD, Glaiberman C, Binkert CA, Orth RC, Soulez G. 2008. Three-
       Dimensional C-arm Cone-beam CT: Applications in the Interventional Suite. J Vase
       Interv Radiol 19(6):799-813.
Walsh. 2013. Cancer risk in 680 000 people exposed to computed tomography scans in
       childhood or adolescence: data linkage study of 11 million Australians. BMJ.
Weinberg BD, Vance A, Arbique GM, Guild JB, Anderson J, Chason DP. 2013. Evaluation of
       fluoroscopic cases qualifying as potential fluoroscopic sentinel events. Acad Radiol
       20(4):457-62.
White HA, Macdonald S. 2010. Estimating risk associated with radiation exposure during
       follow-up after endovascular aortic repair (EVAR). J Cardiovasc Surg (Torino) 51(1):95-
       104.
WHO.  2004. WHO Scientific Group on the Assessment of Osteoporosis at Primary Health Care
       Level, Summary meeting report, Brussels, Belgium 5-7 May 2004. Geneva: World
       Health Organization.
WHO.  2012. WHO fracture risk assessment tool. University of Sheffield, UK World Health
       Organization Collaborating Centre for Metabolic Bone Diseases.
                                        REF-16

-------
Willis CE, Slovis TL. 2005. The ALARA concept in pediatric CR and DR: dose reduction in
       pediatric radiographic exams—a white paper conference. AJR Am J Roentgenol
       184(2):373-4.
Wilting JE, Zwartkruis A, van Leeuwen MS, Timmer J, Kamphuis AG, Feldberg M. 2001. A
       rational approach to dose reduction in CT: individualized scan protocols. Eur Radiol
       ll(12):2627-32.
Witzel J. 2008. Operational and radiation safety guidelines for hand held intraoral x-ray systems
       - A thesis. San Antonio, TX: The University of Texas Health Science Center at San
       Antonio. 47 p.
Yu L, Bruesewitz MR, Thomas KB, Fletcher JG, Kofler JM, McCollough CH. 2011. Optimal
       tube potential for radiation dose reduction in pediatric CT: principles, clinical
       implementations, and pitfalls. Radiographics 31(3):835-48.
Yu L, Li H, Fletcher JG, McCollough CH. 2010. Automatic selection of tube potential for
       radiation dose reduction in CT: a general strategy. Med Phys 37(l):234-43.
                                        REF-17

-------